United States
            Environmental Protection
            Agency
           Office of Research and
           Development
           Washington, DC 20460
EPA 600 9-90 034
June 1990
&EPA
The Role of Health
Research in Support of
EPA's Regulatory Programs

-------
                          EPA/600'9-90'034
The Role of Health
Research in Support of
EPA's Regulatory Programs
June 1990

-------
                                          NOTICE

This report has been reviewed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and approved for publication. Mention
of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                                           FOREWORD
Protection of public health from the adverse consequen-
ces of environmental pollution is a major responsibility
of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).  Most of
the laws and regulations under EPA's purview are aimed
expressly at safeguarding the nation's  environmental
health. The basis for promulgating environmental laws
and for related public policy decisions is based in large
part on scientific evidence of a link between  pollution
sources,  environmental exposures, and human health
effects.

The  field of  environmental health  sciences has
progressed steadily since 1970 when EPA was formed.
Although our understanding of the health effects as-
sociated with specific pollutants has improved dramati-
cally,  as for example with ozone, asbestos, lead, and
dioxin, for a broad array of chemicals there is an inade-
quate scientific data base by which to evaluate health
risks.  As a result, EPA decisionmakers are often faced
with a dilemma; how to judge whether actions to reduce
public health risks are appropriate, given that the costs
of such actions  are  relatively well known, while the
benefits--in terms of decreased morbidity or mortality--
are ambiguous.

Informed public policy choices must be grounded firmly
in scientific facts that elucidate the relationships among
pollution sources, human exposures, and adverse health
consequences.   The purpose of this document  is to
highlight  the ongoing role of environmental health re-
search in support of EPA's regulatory programs. It sum-
marizes the key  legislation, emphasizing the uses of
health  research,  and identifies the most  important re-
search needs for each Program Office.  The document
was written to show the key role played by environmental
health research in EPA's regulatory activities and to point
out that certain research needs are common across all
programs.  We hope that you will find the information
presented  here  to  be useful in  understanding the
relevance of EPA's health research program.

Ken Sexton, Sc.D.
Director
Office of Heatlh Research
                                                  in

-------
                                 Table of Contents


                                                                                 Pago
NOTICE	ii

FOREWORD   	iii

LIST OF TABLES	ix

LIST OF FIGURES    	x

SECTION ONE       INTRODUCTION	1

SECTION TWO      AIR QUALITY PROGRAM	3

    2.1  Program Description  	3
          2.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of
                 the Program Area	3
          2.1.2  Clean Air Act Standards  	3
          2.1.3  Indoor Air	 ,	11
          2.1.4  Air Pollution Problems of Regional and Global Significance	11
          2.1.5  Radiation Programs	12

    2.2  Program Organization	12
          2.2.1   Development of National Ambient Air Quality Standards	13
          2.2.2  Development of NESHAPs	13
          2.2.3  Development of Radiation Standards	15

    2.3  Health Research Needs	„	15
          2.3.1   Introduction  	15
          2.3.2  Major Research Categories	15
          2.3.3  Cross-Cutting Categories	17
          2.3.4  Emerging Research Needs	18
          2.3.5  Summary  	18

SECTION THREE    DRINKING WATER PROGRAM	19

    3.1  Program Description   	19
          3.1.1   Introduction to the Statute and Overview of the
                 Program Area	19
          3.1.2   The Regulated Public and Contaminants	19
          3.1.3   Establishing MCLGs and MCLs	20
          3.1.4   The Underground Injection Control Program	21
          3.1.5   Other Program Components  	22

-------
    3.2 Program Organization	23
          3.2.1   Organization of the Office of Drinking Water	23
          3.2.2   Setting MCLGs  	23
          3.2.3   Developing Health Advisories (HAs)   	24
          3.2.4   Proposing and Promulgating MCLs	24

    3.3 Health Research Needs	24
          3.3.1   Introduction  	24
          3.3.2   Major Research Categories	25
          3.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories	25
          3.3.4   Emerging Research Needs	26
          3.3.5   Summary  	26

SECTION FOUR     WATER QUALITY PROGRAM  	27

    4.1 Program Description  	27
          4.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
                  Program Area	27
          4.1.2   Scope and Coverage of the Clean Water Act   	27
          4.1.3   Ambient Water Quality Criteria and Standards	29
          4.1.4   Control of Pollution Sources   	30
          4.1.5   Sewage Treatment Plant Programs   	32
          4.1.6   Other Clean Water Act Programs	33

    4.2 Program Organization	33
          4.2.1   Development of Water Quality Criteria	34
          4.2.2   Development of Sludge Disposal Criteria	34
          4.2.3   NPDES Permitting   	35

    4.3 Health Research Needs	35
          4.3.1   Introduction  	35
          4.3.2   Major Research Categories	36
          4.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories	36
          4.3.4   Emerging Research Needs	37
          4.3.5   Summary  	37

SECTION FIVE      THE PESTICIDE PROGRAM   	39

    5.1 Program Description  	39
          5.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
                  Program Area	39
          5.1.2   Coverage of the Pesticide Program	39
          5.1.3   Registration of Pesticides	40
          5.1.4   Reregistration of Existing Pesticides  	42
          5.1.5   Special Review, Cancellation, and Suspension   	43
          5.1.6   Ongoing Regulation and Monitoring of Pesticide
                  Use by EPA and the States	43
                                             VI

-------
    5.2 Program Organization	44
           5.2.1    New Product Registration	45
           5.2.2   Reregistration	45
           5.2.3   Special Review   	46
           5.2.4   Development of Test Methods  	46

    5.3 Health Research Needs	47
           5.3.1    Introduction	47
           5.3.2   Major Research Categories	47
           5.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories	48
           5.3.4   Emerging Research Needs	48
           5.3.5   Summary  	48

SECTION SIX        THE TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL PROGRAM	49

    6.1 Program Description   	49
           6.1.1    Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
                  Program Area	49
           6.1.2   Scope and Coverage of the Toxic Substances   	
                  Control Act  	49
           6.1.3   Premanufacturing Notification (PMN)	50
           6.1.4   Chemical Testing Requirements   	51
           6.1.5   Reporting Requirements  	52
           6.1.6   Other Regulatory Options Under Sections 6 and 7	53
           6.1.7   Relationship to Other Federal Laws  	54
           6.1.8   Asbestos Programs	55

    6.2 Program Organization	55
           6.2.1    Existing Chemical Review Process	56
           6.2.2   Review of a Premanufacturing Notification (PMN)	57

    6.3 Health Research Needs	57
           6.3.1    Introduction  	57
           6.3.2    Major Research Categories	57
           6.3.3    Cross-Cutting Categories	58
           6.3.4    Emerging Research Needs	59
           6.3.5    Summary   	59

SECTION SEVEN    HAZARDOUS AND SOLID WASTE PROGRAM	61

    7.1 Program Description    	61
           7.1.1    Introduction to Statute and Overview of  Program Area	61
           7.1.2    Waste Characterization	61
           7.1.3    The Hazardous Waste Program (Subtitle C)	63
           7.1.4    The Nonhazardous Waste Program  	66
           7.1.5    Underground Storage Tanks Program   	68
                                          VII

-------
    7.2 Program Organization	68
          7.2.1    Development of Subtitle C Facility Standards   	69
          7.2.2    Development of Subtitle D Criteria	69
          7.2.3    Development of Medical Waste Tracking Standards	69

    7.3 Health Research Needs	70
          7.3.1    Introduction  	70
          7.3.2    Major Research Categories	70
          7.3.3    Cross-Cutting Categories	71
          7.3.4    Emerging Research Needs	71
          7.3.5    Summary  	71

SECTION EIGHT     SUPERFUND PROGRAM	73

    8.1 Program Description  	73
          8.1.1    Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
                  Program Area	73
          8.1.2    Scope and Coverage of the Superfund Program	73
          8.1.3    Site Evaluation   	74
          8.1.4    Removal Response Program	75
          8.1.5    Remedial Response Program   	76

    8.2 Program Organization	79
          8.2.1    Preremedial Actions	80
          8.2.2    Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study	80

    8.3 Health Research Needs	82
          8.3.1    Introduction  	82
          8.3.2    Major Research Categories	82
          8.3.3    Cross-Cutting Categories	83
          8.3.4    Emerging Research Needs	84
          8.3.5    Summary  	84

SECTION NINE      SUMMARY	85

    9.1 EPA's Regulatory Programs	85

    9.2 Program Organization	89

    9.3 Health Research Needs	89
          9.3.1    Introduction  	89
          9.3.2    Major Research Categories	89
          9.3.3    Cross-Cutting Categories	92
          9.3.4    Emerging Research Needs	93
          9.3.5    Summary  	94
                                           VIII

-------
                                       LIST OF TABLES
Table                                                                                     Page

2-1    National Ambient Air Quality Standards	4
2-2    Summary of New Source Performance Standards for Designated
          Facilities and Pollutants	7-8
2-3    NESHAPS Emission Standards	10
2-4    U.S. Populations Living in Counties with 1988 Air Quality
          Above Primary NAAQS	12
2-5    EPA Radiation Programs  	14
2-6    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative Priorities for the Air Program  	18

3-1    Contaminants to be Regulated Under the SDWA	20
3-2    Secondary Standards for Drinking Water  	22
3-3    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative
          Priorities for the Drinking Water Program	26

4-1    Toxic Pollutant Classes   	28
4-2    Industries Subject to National  Effluent  Limitations	30
4-3    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative
          Priorities for the Water Quality Program   	37

5-1    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative
          Priorities for the Pesticides  Program	48

6-1    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative
          Priorities for the Toxics Program  	59

7-1    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative
          Priorities for the Hazardous and Solid Waste Program	71

8-1    Review Team Members   	81
8-2    Management Review Panel	81
8-3    Important Health Research Needs and Their Relative
          Priorities for the Superfund  Program	84

9-1    Regulatory Program Support  	86-88
9-2    Major Environmental Legislation Administered by the
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Specific
          Authorization for EPA to Conduct Health Research   	90
9-3    Lead Offices in EPA Regulatory Programs   	91
9-4    Research Needs for EPA Regulatory Programs	94
                                                 IX

-------
                                     LIST OF FIGURES

                                                                                          Page
Figure 2-1   Organizational Chart for Office of Air and Radiation (OAR)  	14
Figure 3-1   Organizational Chart for Off ice of Drinking Water (ODW)	23
Figure 4-1   Organizational Chart for Off ice of Water   	34
Figure 5-1   Organizational Chart for Off ice of Pesticide Programs (OPP)	44
Figure 6-1   Organizational Chart for Office of Toxic Substances (OTS)	56
Figure 7-1   Organizational Chart for Off ice of Solid Waste (OSW)   	68
Figure 8-1   Organizational Chart for Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR)	79

-------
                                         SECTION ONE
                                         INTRODUCTION
In order to regulate environmental pollutants on a sound,
scientific basis, the EPA conducts environmental health
research. This research seeks to answer questions con-
cerning what pollutants are toxic, at what levels, and with
what effects; and who is exposed to them and to what
extent.

For each of the Agency's regulatory programs, this docu-
ment summarizes the role of health research and high-
lights pivotal health research questions. The regulatory
programs:
    Air Quality
    Drinking Water
    Water Quality
    Pesticides
    Toxic Substances
    Hazardous and Solid Waste
    Superfund
are each discussed in a separate chapter in which three
categories of  information are presented:   program
description, program organization, and health research
needs.

Program Description

For each program, the statute(s) mandating the pro-
gram are  summarized, and the major regulatory ac-
tivities that use health effects research are described.
For some programs, such as the Air Quality and Radia-
tion Program, most of the program's numerous
regulatory activities use health effects information. For
other programs,  such as RCRA, the regulations are
more performance-oriented and  do not require as
much analysis of possible impact on public health.

Program Organization

Subsection two of each chapter describes  the
program's organization and defines step  by step how
selected regulations  are promulgated  focusing on
those that involve the use of health effects information.
For example, the activities involved in developing Na-
tional  Emission  Standards for Hazardous Air Pol-
lutants  (NESHAPS); promulgating national drinking
water regulations; and developing technical standards
for facilities that treat, store, and dispose of hazardous
waste are described.
Certain activities involved in preparing regulations (e.g.,
red-border review, Office of Management and Budget
[OMB] review) are generic to EPA rulemaking and are,
therefore, not covered. The focus is on the technical
activities that are unique to the programs in question.

Health Research Needs

Most  EPA health research is conducted by the Health
Effects Research Laboratory (HERL). To address the broad
range of environmental contaminants regulated by EPA,
HERL research must evaluate the health risks for diverse
environmental agents including automotive and diesel ex-
haust, power plant emissions, pesticides and other toxic
chemicals,  hazardous waste, municipal solid waste,
naturally occurring and genetically engineered microor-
ganisms, drinking water disinfectants and associated by-
products, and ionizing and non-ionizing radiation. While the
chemical and physical composition of these pollutants differ
significantly, the evaluation of their health effects must
address a common set of questions:

•   Exposure:  How and to what extent are humans
    exposed to the  pollutant in the environment (i.e.,
    route, magnitude, frequency, duration)?

•   Dose:  What  is the relationship  between this  ex-
    posure and the dose of the pollutant received at the
    site(s) of toxic action within the body?
    Effect:
    dose?
What is the health effect of the pollutant
These fundamental research questions underlie the re-
search needs of all EPA regulatory program areas. The
questions can be further subdivided into seven health
research topics (four principal topics and three cross-cut-
ting topics). These categories of issues, which are
presented for each program, are as follows:

Principal Topics

•   Hazard Identification Research develops, refines,
    and validates approaches and methods for identify-
    ing potential human health hazards. This research
    includes  the  development of test methods for
    screening and characterizing new and  existing
    chemicals and procedures to evaluate qualitative
    and quantitative relationships between the chemical
    structure of pollutants and their related biological
    effects (structure-activity relationships [SARs]).

-------
•   Dose-Response Research elucidates (a)  the
    relationship among  exposure (i.e., applied dose),
    dose at the site of toxic action (i.e., target dose), and
    biological effects;  and (b)  the basic biological
    mechanisms responsible for the observed effects.
    Research in this area includes developing  better
    methods to relate exposure to dose and physiologi-
    cal and biological mechanisms of toxicity to improve
    extrapolation of research results (e.g., extrapolating
    results from animals to humans, from high to low
    dose, and from acute to chronic effects).

•   Exposure Research defines the route, magnitude,
    frequency, and duration of exposure of humans to
    environmental pollutants. Most exposure research
    efforts are focusing on investigating the exposures
    experienced by individuals and populations during
    normal daily activities,  with emphasis on identifying
    high-exposure  groups. Other efforts in  this  area
    focus on the development and validation of biologi-
    cal markers for exposure, effects, and susceptibility
    in human populations.

•   Chemical-Specific  Research  develops scientific
    data on individual  pollutants.  This research is
    generally short-term (1 to 2 years) and is aimed at
    filling  data gaps  concerning  specific chemicals or
    chemical mixtures that  are of immediate importance
    to a regulatory program.

Cross-Cutting Topics

•   Biological Marker Research develops  and
    validates biological measurements that can be used
    to calculate dose at the site  of toxic action and to
    detect effects at cellular and molecular levels. These
    techniques can be  used in epidemiological inves-
    tigations to facilitate  more direct  assessment of ex-
    posure and effects.

•   Pollutant Mixtures  Research improves the scien-
    tific  foundation for assessing the  extent to which
    synergistic, antagonistic, or additive  interactions
    cause the effects of exposure to a mixture of pol-
    lutants to differ from  the effects that would be
    predicted based  on the characteristics of the in-
    dividual pollutant components.

•   Human  Data Development consists of the collec-
    tion  of information on exposure, dose, and effects in
    human populations. Human data are used to assess
    the status of public health, to identify potential en-
    vironmental health problems, to evaluate the efficacy
    of risk reduction measures, to identify and evaluate
    subgroups that are at higher risk, and to  ascertain
    the degree to which effects observed in animals are
    analogous (or homologous) to those observed in
    humans.
Program officials were  asked to assess the relative
priority of each of the seven categories of health issues
for their program and to identify their issues of concern
within each category. The results of these assessments
are presented within each program discussion in Sec-
tions Two through Eight and in summary form in Section
Nine of this document.

-------
                                         SECTION TWO

                                     AIR QUALITY PROGRAM
 2.1     Program Description

 2.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
        Program Area

 EPA's program to protect air quality is authorized primari-
 ly under the Clean  Air  Act  (CAA). Other statutory
 provisions authorizing EPA to regulate airborne con-
 taminants include the Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality
 Research Act of 1986 (Title 4 of the Superfund Amend-
 ment and Reauthorization  Act of  1986); the Global
 Climate Protection Act of 1987; the Low Level Radioac-
 tive Waste Policy Amendment Act of 1985; the Nuclear
 Waste Policy Act of 1982; the Atomic Energy Act of 1954;
 the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensa-
 tion and Liability Act of 1980;  Superfund Amendments
 and Reauthorization Act of 1986; and the Public Health
 Service Act of 1970.

 The CAA,  which was initially passed in 1970 and
 amended significantly in 1977, gives EPA authority to set
 national standards for the quality of ambient air and to
 regulate sources of pollution that may affect air quality.
 The act requires States to set up programs to ensure that
 air quality standards are achieved and maintained. Major
 revisions to the CAA are currently before Congress. Of
 particular  importance are proposed  changes in the
 regulation of hazardous air pollutants from stationary
 sources. Additionally, a number of special studies will
 likely be mandated e.g., a Great Lakes Study  and an
 Urban Toxics Study.

 EPA has established National Ambient Air Quality Stand-
 ards (NAAQS)i for six pollutants or classes of pollutants and
 emissions limits for mobile sources. EPA also regulates
 stationary pollution sources under the New Source Perfor-
 mance Standards (NSPS) and the National  Emission
 Standards for  Hazardous Air Pollutants  (NESHAPs).
 States must  publish and EPA  must approve State Im-
 plementation Plans (SIPs) that describe the measures to
 be taken to ensure that the Federal standards under the
 CAA are achieved and maintained.

 In addition to  the  CAA programs, EPA implements
 several other programs concerning airborne  con-
taminants,  including programs covering indoor air
quality, acid rain, stratospheric ozone depletion, global
warming,  and  radiation. The EPA  air program  is
described below in four sections.
    Section 2.1.2 describes the programs authorized by
    the CAA, including the NAAQS program, the mobile
    sources program, the NSPS program, NESHAPs,
    and the SIPs.

    Section 2.1.3 describes the indoor air program.

    Section 2.1.4 describes EPA programs concerning
    issues of global significance including acid rain,
    stratospheric ozone depletion,  and global warm-
    ing.

    Section 2.1.5  covers EPA radiation  protection
    programs.
2.1.2   Clean Air Act Standards

2.1.2.1  National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Sections 108 and 109 of the Clean Air Act mandate the
establishment of National Ambient Air Quality Stand-
ards (NAAQS). The EPA Administrator must publish a
list of air pollutants that "may reasonably be  an-
ticipated to endanger public health or welfare" and that
are emitted from "numerous or diverse mobile or sta-
tionary sources."

Within 1 year  after  the listing of a pollutant, the  Ad-
ministrator must publish an air quality criteria document
that will form the basis for the air quality standard. The
criteria  document must contain  the "latest scientific
knowledge useful in  indicating the kind and extent of all
identifiable effects on public health or welfare."

Simultaneously with publishing  the criteria document,
the Administrator must propose primary and secondary
NAAQS, the maximum allowable concentration for each
pollutant in all areas of the country. A primary NAAQS is
one that is required to protect public health, while "allow-
ing an adequate margin of safety."  This standard is
based on health considerations only; the costs of attain-
ment are not germane. In addition, a primary standard
must  be set so that it  protects particularly sensitive
persons, such as asthmatics and emphysemics, as long
as these people belong to an identifiable subgroup of the
population. HERL plays  an important role in  identifying
and assessing the health effects presented in the criteria
document.

-------
A secondary NAAQS specifies the level that protects the
"public welfare" against any known or anticipated ad-
verse effects. Public welfare  is defined as  including
effects on soils,  water, crops, vegetation, manmade
materials, animals, wildlife, weather, visibility,  property,
transportation, other economic values, and  personal
comfort and well-being. Thus, the secondary NAAQS
can include virtually any identifiable negative effect from
air pollution.

The Administrator  is required to promulgate  final
standards within 6 months of the initial proposal. This
time is used to solicit public  comments. In  addition,
Agency personnel prepare a staff paper that evaluates
the key scientific  studies that shape the criteria docu-
ment and identifies  those  issues to be considered in
review of the air pollution standard. The staff paper
does not  present a  summary judgment as to the ap-
propriate  regulatory  level, but it gives staff recommen-
dations on  the  range of  standards  appropriate to
protect public health and welfare  given  the  scientific
evidence. As a result, the  staff paper  helps to  bridge
the gap between the scientific studies referenced in
the criteria document and the judgments required in
setting standards.

EPA has established primary and secondary standards
for six air pollutants (the "criteria pollutants"). Table 2-1
presents the regulated air pollutants and their respective
regulatory limits. For some air pollutants, the primary and
secondary standards are identical. For these pollutants,
the scientific evidence did not justify setting secondary
standards for welfare effects at  lower  levels  than the
primary standards.

EPA is required under the CAA to review and revise
the NAAQS periodically. The continuing evolution of
data on and techniques for examining health  effects is
a key reason for the  review requirement.  Each  review
(and  all  other reviews of NAAQS)  centers on the
reevaluation  of health and welfare effects of the air
pollutants.

The role of health effects in the reevaluation of standards
is illustrated by the recent  revision of the standard for
airborne particulate matter. As shown in Table 2-1, the
standard for particulate matter is defined in  terms of
particulates  less than or equal  to  a  nominal 10
micrometers (urn) in diameter. The previous  standard
was based on total suspended particulates (TSP), as
determined by the reference method for measurement,
which employed a high-volume sampler that  captured
particulates up to  a nominal size of between 25 and 45
u.m in size. The change was made to focus the standard
on those particles that are deposited in the respiratory
system; particles  larger than  10 u.m normally  do not
penetrate beyond the natural defenses of  the  nose and
mouth.
 Table 2-1  National Ambient Air Quality Standards
Carbon Monoxide
Particulate Matter
(PMio)a
Lead
Nitrogen Dioxide
Ozone
Sulfur Oxides
Primary - 35 parts per million (ppm)
averaged over 1 hour and 9.0 ppm
averaged over 8 hours; neither level
to be exceeded more than once per
year.6

Secondary - None.

Primary -150 u.g/m 3 averaged over
24 hours, with no more than one
expected exceedance per calendar
year; also, 50 u.g/m  or less for the
expected annual  arithmetic mean
concentration.

Secondary - Same as primary.

Primary - 1.5 ug/m3 arithmetic
average over a calendar quarter.

Secondary - Same as primary.

Primary -100 u.g/m3  (or 0.053 ppm)
as annual arithmetic  mean con-
centration.

Secondary - Same as primary.

Primary  -  235 u.g/m3  (0.12 ppm)
averaged over 1 hour, no more than
one  expected exceedance  per
calendar year. (Multiple violations in
a day count as one violation.)

Secondary - Same as primary.

Primary  -  365 ng/m3  (0.14 ppm)
average  over 24-hour period, not to
be exceeded more than once per
year; 80 ug/m (0.03 ppm) annual
arithmetic mean.

Secondary - 1,300 ug/m3 average
over a 3-hour period, not to be ex-
ceeded more than once per year.
  aStandard applies only to particulate matter that is less
 than or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers in diameter.

  bExisting regulations state that air quality limits are not to
 be exceeded  more than  once per year.  EPA  policy
 specifies that the  compliance determinations  are to be
 made in terms of calendar years.

 Source:  Part 50 - National Primary and Secondary Am-
 bient Air Quality Standards. July 1,1987.  Information on
 changes in the standards since this  publication were
 provided by EPA personnel.

-------
2.1.2.2  Mobile Sources Program

Motor Vehicle Emission Controls

In the belief that motor vehicle pollutants constitute the
most difficult  air pollution problem in the country, and
noting the limited progress in abating it, Congress took
the unusual step of specifying the level of control for
motor vehicle emissions and the deadlines for these
emission goals in the CAA. In 1970, Congress mandated
a 90 percent reduction in emissions of hydrocarbons and
carbon monoxide by  1975 and an equivalent reduction
in nitrogen oxides by 1976. Automobile manufacturers
argued that they could not comply with this schedule.
Therefore, in 1977, the amendments to the CAA pushed
the compliance schedule back. The hydrocarbon stand-
ard  was set back to model year 1980; the carbon
monoxide  standard  was deferred to 1981; and the
nitrogen oxides limit was made less stringent and com-
pliance  was deferred to 1981. The control  of tailpipe
emissions from new vehicles varies from 96 percent for
carbon monoxide to 72 percent for nitrogen oxides.

EPA has also developed controls for heavy-duty engines
for the pollutants shown in Table 2-1. Manufacturers of
diesel heavy-duty engines must control paniculate emis-
sions as well. EPA added this requirement for diesels
based on findings that paniculate emissions from diesel
engines are small and highly respirable, increasing the
health risk.

The emission of hydrocarbons from mobile sources is a
major contributing factor to the ozone problem evident in
many nonattainment areas. Hydrocarbons combine with
sunlight and other chemicals to produce ozone.  EPA
controls on vehicle emissions have greatly reduced the
amount of mobile source pollution that would otherwise
be generated. Nevertheless, ozone remains a difficult
regulatory problem because of the tremendous volume
of automobile traffic,  the variety of stationary sources
that also contribute to the problem, and the proliferation
of new air pollution sources due to continued economic
growth.

EPA enforces  its emission requirements  on motor
vehicles through an extensive program of vehicle testing
and  certification. Because automobile designs require
several years to develop, EPA performs an engineering
review of vehicle designs and tests prototype vehicle
emissions. EPA must also determine that compliance will
be maintained throughout the useful life of the vehicle.
The  useful life is defined as 5 years of use  or 50,000
miles. Industry personnel test vehicles under  laboratory
conditions to determine the emissions expected over this
period. The deterioration in emission control  is con-
sidered  when evaluating the  adequacy  of  the
automobile's design.  Thus,  EPA can  identify potential
compliance problems before assembly-line production
begins.
EPA verifies that manufactured automobiles  meet the
standards typified by the prototypes through assembly-
line testing. These tests verify that compliance levels for
emissions will be maintained throughout assembly-line
production. EPA uses a selected sample of vehicles from
each  assembly line to determine the adequacy of the
mass-produced product.  If the tested vehicles fail to
comply, a larger sample is chosen and testing continues.
In extreme cases, EPA could recall vehicles and revoke
the initial certification provided to the prototype vehicle.

To ensure that motor vehicles continue to  meet  the
standards in day-to-day use, EPA monitors the emission
levels of vehicles that are owned and driven by  the
public. If a class of vehicles is found to be excessively
polluting, EPA will require the manufacturer to correct the
situation; the remedy could result in a recall.

Additional Controls Related to Mobile Sources

The CAA also authorized  EPA to regulate motor vehicle
fuels and fuel additives. A central aspect of this program
has been to phase out the lead content of gasoline, which
has been achieved by requiring new cars to use  un-
leaded  gasoline and by expanding the  classes of
automobiles and trucks to which the lead controls apply.
The lead phaseout has been enforced with inspections
and penalties imposed on gasoline  refiners and upon
vehicle operators who illegally use leaded fuels. EPA has
also developed a registration system for fuel and fuel
additives where the fuel manufacturers have to provide
EPA with the chemical composition, including additives,
and provide any health effects information (usually in the
form of Material Safety Data Sheets) related to  these
chemicals or their combustion by-products. EPA can use
this data base to identify fuels or additives that warrant
further investigation or regulation.

EPA has promoted the development of State programs
for prevention of vehicle tampering  and fuel switching to
protect the gains from the emission control  program.
These programs are designed  to prevent drivers from
circumventing,  removing, or otherwise rendering  the
emission control system inoperative.

EPA has also developed programs  and requirements to
encourage proper maintenance of vehicles on the road.
The driving public typically does not properly care for its
vehicles, leading to increased emissions due to misfiring
and improper engine adjustment. Under the authority of
the CAA, EPA has required States with high ozone and
carbon monoxide levels to develop automobile inspec-
tion and maintenance programs. EPA audits these State
programs.

A significant part of the  health effects research on mobile
source emissions is conducted through the Congres-
sipnally mandated Health Effects Institute (HEI). HEI is
jointly funded by EPA and the automobile industry and
performs research on the health effects of pollutants
related to mobile sources.

-------
HEI's research focuses on various mobile source-related
pollutants, including carbon monoxide, oxidants (ozone
and nitrogen dioxide), diesel exhaust, and methanol and
aldehydes. Important areas of health research con-
ducted by HEI include development and use of biological
markers; identification and characterization of suscep-
tible populations; determination of dose to target tissue;
assessment of susceptibility to infection; examination of
mechanisms of injury and/or disease; and evaluation of
neurotoxicological and behavioral effects.

2.1.2.3  New Source Controls

Source Performance Standards

Under Section 111 of the CAA, EPA establishes New
Source Performance Standards (NSPS) that restrict
emissions  from new industrial  facilities or existing
facilities  undergoing major modifications or
reconstruction.  The NSPS program regulates emis-
sions from stationary  sources that contribute "sig-
nificantly to air  pollution which may reasonably be
anticipated to endanger public health and welfare."
The program covers  both criteria pollutants  and
"designated" pollutants. Designated pollutants, regu-
lated under Section 111(d) of the CAA, are pollutants
that endanger public health and welfare and are not
otherwise regulated by any other section of the CAA,
e.g.,  Sections  108  and  109  (NAAQS) and  112
(NESHAPS). Section 111 (d) of the CAA regulates both
new and existing designated pollutants.

In establishing the NSPS program, Congress believed
that facilities being newly constructed had the greatest
flexibility to control emissions by modifying their basic
design,  and that  air pollution  control could be most
cost-effectively achieved in such cases. Additionally,
Congress wished to ensure that all new facilities of a
given  type would face similar control requirements to
preclude interstate competition for new industry through
relaxed air pollution  control requirements. Thus, NSPS
standards are uniform national rules for a  defined in-
dustrial category, such as utility steam generators.

Under the CAA, EPA must set the NSPS control level
such that it reflects the Best Available Control Technol-
ogy (BACT). In developing these  regulations,  EPA
must consider the potential costs of compliance  and
the  need for and level of a uniform national standard.
To analyze these factors, EPA performs an intensive
study of each industrial category before promulgating
a NSPS regulation.

As of January 1,1989, EPA had promulgated standards
for approximately 60 NSPS categories; they are sum-
marized in Table 2-2. The EPA Regulatory Agenda of
October 1988 indicated that more than a dozen addition-
al categories were in some stage of development toward
eventual rulemaking. In December 1989, EPA published
a proposed regulation to control emissions from all new
and existing municipal waste combustors as a health-re-
lated standard under 111(d).
In addition to promulgating regulations, EPA conducts
research on the components of urban air to determine
what pollutants are hazardous and should be regulated.
This research is carried out by the Integrated Air Cancer
Project (IACP), which has three goals:  to determine
which emission sources are major contributors of car-
cinogens to ambient air; to determine which chemicals
are carcinogen precursors; and to improve the estimate
of exposure and comparative human cancer risk from
specific air pollutant emission sources.

The health research  component focuses on methods
development and data gathering to evaluate the human
cancer risk from individual and, ultimately, complex source
emissions (i.e., emissions from wood stoves, vehicles, and
home oil burners). IACP has developed methods for sam-
pling and testing  organic mixtures for mutagenicity,
segregated non-volatile and volatile organic fractions con-
tributing to mutagenicity, demonstrated  mutagenicity in
organic products of atmospheric reactions, and applied
receptor modeling to estimate source contributions to air-
borne organic mutagens.

Prevention of Significant Deterioration

As a result of litigation and the 1977 CAA amendments,
EPA has created a system for protecting and maintaining
air quality in "attainment areas" - those areas that satisfy
the NAAQS. All attainment areas are categorized into
one of three classes, ranging from relatively pristine
areas that include national parks and wilderness areas
(Class  I) to  areas  that just satisfy the NAAQS levels
(Class III). EPA established different  Prevention of Sig-
nificant Deterioration (PSD) increments for each of  the
three classes, with  the smallest increments  allowed for
Class I  areas.  These increments serve as limits on
allowable  degradation of air quality. Major new sources
of emissions are subject to BACT pollution control re-
quirements.  In addition to the  increments and BACT,
sources proposing to locate near Class I areas may be
subject to additional requirements to protect visibility and
other air  quality-related values (e.g., deposition and
damage to plants and animals).

New Source Review

Stationary sources are also regulated under Part D of the
CAA,  Plan Requirements for Nonattainment Areas.
These  requirements  mandate that,  in  nonattainment
areas, a new source must, at a minimum, install controls
to meet the "lowest achievable emissions rate" (LAER);
this emissions rate may be lower than the level permitted
under NSPS regulations. States may also require sta-
tionary sources to reduce emission to levels below NSPS
in order to comply  with PSD increments (see  Section
2.1.2.1)  or to "offset" the emissions caused by their
facility by installing incremental emission controls  at
another facility (whether they own it or not) in the same
area. The NSPS emissions level is, therefore, only the
maximum level that may be allowed for a new facility in
a given industrial category.

-------
Table 2-2 Summary of New Source Performance Standards for Designated Facilities and Pollutants *
Subpart Designated Facilities Designated Pollutants
D


Da


Db


E
F
G
H

1
J


K

Ka

Kb

L
M
N
Na
O
P


Q


R


S


T
U
V
w
X
Y
z

* Regulated
Fossil-fuel fire steam generators constructed after August 17, 1971


Electric utility steam generating units constructed after September 18, 1978


Industrial-commercial-institutional steam generating units


Incinerators
Portland cement plants
Nitric acid plants
Sulf uric acid plants

Asphalt concrete plants
Petroleum refineries


Storage vessels for petroleum liquids constructed, reconstructed,
or modified after June 11, 1973 and before May 19, 1978
Storage vessels for petroleum liquids constructed, reconstructed,
or modified after May 18, 1978 and before July 23, 1984
Storage vessels for volatile organic liquids constructed, reconstructed,
or modified after July 23, 1984
Secondary lead smelters
Secondary brass and bronze production plants
Basic oxygen process, furnaces constructed after June 11, 1973
Basic oxygen process, furnaces constructed after January 20, 1983
Sewage treatment plants
Primary copper smelters


Primary zinc smelters


Primary lead smelters


Primary aluminum reduction plants


Phosphate fertilizer industry: wet process phosphoric acid plants
Phosphate fertilizer industry: superphosphoric acid plants
Phosphate fertilizer industry: diammonium phosphate plants
Phosphate fertilizer industry: triple superphosphate plants
Phosphate fertilizer industry: granular triple superphosphate storage facilities
Coal preparation plants
Ferroalloy production facilities

under Section lll(d) of the Clean Air Act.
Particulates
Sulfur dioxide
Nitrogen oxides
Particulates
Sulfur dioxide
Nitrogen oxides
Particulates
Sulfur dioxide
Nitrogen oxides
Particulates
Particulates
Nitrogen oxides
Sulfur dioxide
Acid mist
Particulates
Particulates
Sulfur dioxide
Carbon monoxide
Volatile organic compounds

Volatile organic compounds

Volatile organic compounds

Particulates
Particulates
Particulates
Particulates
Particulates
Particulates
Sulfur dioxide
Visible emissions
Particulates
Sulfur dioxide
Visible emissions
Particulates
Sulfur dioxides
Visible emissions
Particulates
Sulfur dioxides
Visible emissions
Fluorides
Fluorides
Fluorides
Fluorides
Fluorides
Particulates
Particulates
Carbon monoxide


-------
Tabla 2-2   Summary of New Source Performance Standards for Designated Facilities and Pollutants (continued)
Subpart    Designated Facilities
                                                                      Designated Pollutants
AA

AAa

BB

CO
DD
EE
GG

HH
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
QQ
RR
SS
TT
UU

VV
WW
XX
AAA
BBB
FFF
GGG
HHH
JJJ

KKK
ILL

OOO
PPP
Steel plants: electric arc furnaces constructed after October 21,1974
and before August 17.1983
Steel plants: electric arc furnaces and argon-oxygen decarburization
vessels constructed after August 7,1983
Kraft pulp mills

Glass manufacturing plants
Grain elevators
Surface coating of metal furniture
Stationary gas turbines

Lime manufacturing plants
Lead - acid battery manufacturing plants
Metallic mineral processing plants
Automobile and light-duty truck surface coating operatbns
Phosphate  rock plants
Ammonium sulfate manufacture
Graphic arts industry: publication rotogravure printing
Pressure sensitive tape and label surface coating operations
Industrial surface coating:  large appliances
Metal coil surface coating
Asphalt processing and  asphalt roofing manufacture
Equipment  leaks  of VOC in the synthetic organic chemicals
manufacturing industry
Beverage can surface coating industry
Bulk gasoline terminals
New residential wood heaters
Rubber tire manufacturing industry
Flexible vinyl and urethane coating and printing
Equipment leaks of VOC in petroleum refineries
Synthetic fiber production facilities
Petroleum dry cleaners

Equipment leaks of VOC from onshore natural gas processing plants
Onshore natural gas processing
Nonmetallic mineral processing
Wool fiberglass insulation manufacturing plants
Industrial surface coating of plastic parts for business machines
Particulates

Particulates

Particulates
Total reduced sulfur
Particulates
Particulates
Volatile organic compounds
Sulfur dioxide
Nitrogen oxides
Particulates
Lead
Particulates
Volatile organic compounds
Particulates
Particulates
Volatile organic compounds
Volatile organic compounds
Volatile organic compounds
Volatile organic compounds
Particulates
Pumps,  compressors,
pressure relief devices,
sampling connection systems,
open-ended valves or lines, etc.
Volatile organic compounds
Volatile organic compounds
Particulates
Volatile organic compounds
Volatile organic compounds
Pumps,  compressors,
pressure relief devices,
sampling connection systems,
open-ended valves or lines,etc.
Volatile organic compounds
Volatile organic compounds
Pumps,  compressors,
pressure relief devices,
sampling connection systems,
open-ended valves or lines, etc.
Sulfur dioxide
Particulates
Particulates
Volatile organic compounds

-------
2.1.2.4  National Emission Standards for Hazardous
        Air Pollutants

The EPA NESHAP program, established under Section
112 of the CAA, limits the amount of hazardous air
pollutants that can be emitted from a point source. Haz-
ardous air pollutants are defined as those for which no
NAAQS is applicable and which may "reasonably be
anticipated to result in an increase in mortality or an
increase in serious irreversible, or incapacitating revers-
ible,  illness." As this statutory language  suggests,
NESHAPs may address dangerous pollutants that have
more serious health effects than  pollutants regulated
under NSPS or that  may not be emitted by enough
sources to justify a NAAQS.

In  settipg NESHAPs, EPA considers the potential
severity" of health effects from the  pollutants. The CAA
requwes EPA to set  standards  stringent enough  to
protect public health, allowing an "ample  margin  of
safety." A1987 court ruling stated that a NESHAP does
not necessarily require zero emissions or no risk, but that
EPA must decide what is a "safe level" to protect public
health and set a NESHAP to guarantee that level. Cost
and technical feasibility can only be considered if the
Agency sets standards more stringent than the "safe
level." Prior to this court decision, cost considerations
played a larger role in setting NESHAPs standards.

Under the NESHAPs program, EPA has established
regulations for asbestos,  beryllium, mercury, benzene,
vinyl chloride, radionuclides, and arsenic. Although
NESHAPs were originally defined in terms of emission
rates from the source, the 1977 amendments authorized
EPA to establish design,  equipment, work practice, or
operational standards where numerical emission limits
would not be practical. The NESHAPs standards are
summarized  in  Table 2-3.  As this table  shows, ap-
proximately half of the standards are numerical emission
limits.

Under the proposed amendments to the CAA, sources
emitting one of approximately 191  listed chemicals will
be  required to use the best control technology already in
use for a given type of industry - Maximum Achievable
Control Technology (MACT)  - unless the plant can
demonstrate it poses a negligible public health risk. It will
be  up to States to decide whether the risk is negligible,
but EPA will provide  guidance on how to make this
determination. To  do this.  EPA will  develop "health
benchmarks" within the first 2 years after passage of the
act to define levels that present a negligible health risk
for  both cancer and  noncancer endpolnts.

EPA will also be required to evaluate potentially sig-
nificant residual risks remaining after the application of
MACT (i.e., risks associated  with post-control emis-
sions) . The Agency has up to 7 years to make determina-
tions concerning residual  risks, and it is believed that
detailed risk assessments will be needed to support
these determinations.
 2.1.2.5 State Implementation Plans

 Most of the Federal air pollution laws are implemented
 and enforced by the States. The States are given sub-
 stantial responsibility and provided with substantial
 flexibility to find the means to achieve the NAAQS levels
 and to comply with designated pollutant standards and
 other Federal requirements within their own boundaries.
 Each State's approaches and timetables for compliance
 with NAAQS are summarized in State Implementation
 Plans (SI Ps), which are submitted to EPA for approval.

 These plans  must be updated as  new regulations are
 promulgated. Once a NAAQS is promulgated, the States
 must each prepare  and submit a SIP within 9 months.
 Similarly, after a Federal NSPS standard for a desig-
 nated pollutant is promulgated, the States have 9 months
 to adopt an appropriate plan (including proposed State
 laws) and submit it to the EPA for review.

 The State's SIP may incorporate a number of regulatory
 measures that go beyond Federal emissions limitations
 in order to achieve compliance with Federal require-
 ments. The plan may  include, for example, more strin-
 gent restrictions on  motor vehicle emissions  than
 required under Federal motor vehicle emission stand-
 ards, in order to meet NAAQS. A State plan may also
 require stationary sources to install more stringent con-
 trols than those required by Federal laws. The complex
 economic, technological, and political ramifications of air
 pollution regulations must be considered and resolved at
 the State level.

 EPA's review and approval of the  SIPs focus on their
 adequacy  relative to  Federal requirements. To help
 States achieve their air pollution goals, EPA has en-
 couraged consideration of the most cost-effective emis-
 sions controls. As one aspect of this policy, EPA allows
 States under some conditions to  employ  a "bubble
 policy" for installations. Under this policy, a facility with
 multiple sources may  restrict  its emissions to achieve
 overall compliance without necessarily achieving com-
 pliance at each distinct source within the facility. Emis-
 sions are  analyzed as though a bubble encased the
 facility  and all emissions could be measured  at one
 release point in the facility. This  procedure provides
 additional flexibility and may allow a more cost-effective
 implementation of EPA-mandated controls on emissions
 from stationary sources.

 The complexity and  political difficulty of  achieving
 NAAQS levels are  evidenced by  the  fact  that many
 States  have not met the required  air quality levels in
 some or all parts of the State. EPA estimates of the
 populations living in counties with air quality  above the
 primary NAAQS indicate the extent of the  noncom-
 pliance problem (Table 2-4).

The CAA Amendments of 1977 established a system for
sustaining pressure for the improvement of air quality in
 Regions lagging in compliance. The amendments re-
quired the States to develop new SIPs for nonattainment

-------
Table 2-3    NESHAPS Emission Standards
Subpart
Pollutant
Application
Standard
    B


    C
    H
    J

    K



    M
    N
    V


    W
Radon-222

Beryllium





Beryllium


Mercury





Vinyl Chloride


Had ionucl ides


Radionuclides



Benzene
Radionuclides


Asbestos
Inorganic Arsenic
                 Inorganic Arsenic
                 Inorganic Arsenic
Volatile Hazardous
Air Pollutants (VAPs)

Radon-222
Underground uranium
mines
Applies to extraction
and ceramic plants,
foundries, incinerators,
propellant plants, and
machine shops
Applies only to rocket
motor test sites

Applies to sources that:
process mercury ore or use
mercury chloralkali cells;
incinerate or dry wastewater
treatment plant sludge
Ethylene dichbride plants,
vinyl chloride plants, and
polyvinyl chloride plants
Applies to emissions from
Department of Energy
Facilities
Applies to emissions from
Nuclear Regulatory
Commission facilities not
covered under Subpart H
Applies to equipment leaks
Applies to elemental
phosphorous plants

Mills, roadways,
manufacturing,
demolition and renovation,
spraying, fabricating
insulation materials,
waste disposal sites
Glass manufacturing plants
                      Primary copper smelters
Arsenic trioxide and
metallic arsenic
production facilities

Equipment leaks
 Licensed uranium mill
 tailings
Requires bulkheads to limit radon-222 emissions.

Emission cannot exceed 10 grams/24-hour unless
perm|ssion granted to meet ambient limit of 0.01
ug/nr/30-day period.
Emissions cannot exceed 75 microgram minutes per
m within 10 to 60 minutes accumulated during
any 2 consecutive weeks.
Emissions cannot exceed 2,300 grams/24-hr period.


Emissions cannot exceed 3,200 grams/24-hr
period.
There are separate standards for the various
operations carried out in these plants.

Emissions cannot exceed a dose equivalent of
25 mrem/y to the whole body or 75 mrem/yr to
a critical organ.
Emissions cannot exceed a dose of 25 mrem/yr to
the whole body or 75 mrem/yr to a critical organ.
Must comply with provisions of Subpart V.
Emissions of polonium-210
from calciners and nodulizing kilns cannot
exceed 21 curies per year.
Specifies allowable practices for removing,
applying, manufacturing, and disposing of
asbestos-containing material.
Existing plants: Emissions shall be less than 2.5
mg/yr or a control device must reduce emissions
by at least 85 percent.

New plants: Emissions shall be less than 0.4
mg/yr or a control device must reduce emissions
by at least 85 percent.
Design, equipment, work practice, and operational
requirements are mandated. No emissions from
the control device that contain more than 11.6
mg/m  particulate.
Mandates work practice, operational requirements,
and performance standards.
Equipment, work practice, and operational
requirements specified for pumps, compressors, etc.

Mandates licensing and operating requirements for
uranium tailings impoundments.
                                                       10

-------
 areas and to show "reasonable further progress," which
 is defined as the accomplishment of "annual incremental
 reductions in emissions." For States that have not met
 these provisions, EPA may ban construction of new
 emissions sources or cut off Federal highway funds and
 CAA grants. EPAcurrently (1989) has construction bans
 in effect in six  urban areas for ozone and CO and in
 seven urban areas
 2.1.2.6 Assistance to State and Local Governments

 In addition to promulgating regulations, EPA provides
 technical assistance to State and local governments.
 The Control Technology Center (CTC) is a joint effort of
 the Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory in
 Research Triangle Park, North Carolina; the Center for
 Environmental Research Information (CERI) in Cincin-
 nati, Ohio;  and the Office  of Air Quality Planning and
 Standards (OAQPS) in Research Triangle Park,  North
 Carolina. CTC provides technical support to State and
 local agencies and EPA's Regional offices in implement-
 ing air pollution control programs and assists in develop-
 ing control strategies for toxic emissions, implementing
 State plans, developing regulations, evaluating opera-
 tion and maintenance problems,  reviewing new sources
 to determine appropriate control technology, and
 evaluating source emission and control strategies.

 EPA's Air Risk Information Support Center (Air RISC),
 which is a joint effort of the Office of Health and Environ-
 mental Assessment (OHEA), CERI, and OAQPS, assists
 State and local air pollution control agencies and EPA
 Regional offices with technical matters concerning
 health, exposure,  and risk assessments for toxic air
 pollutants. Air RISC's primary goal is to serve as a focal
 point for obtaining information and, when needed, pro-
 vide assistance in the review and interpretation of that
 information. It provides health and risk assessment in-
 formation for chemicals being evaluated in the permit
 review process, assists with on-site risk assessments,
 and provides guidance on current methods available to
 conduct health risk analyses.
2.1.3  Indoor Air

The Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Act
of 1986  (Title 4 of the Superfund  Amendment and
Reauthorization Act of 1986) requires EPA to establish
a research program for radon and  indoor air quality
that gathers  data and information, coordinates  re-
search (Federal, State, local, and private), and asses-
ses appropriate Federal  actions  to  "mitigate the
environmental and health risks associated with indoor
air quality problems." The research program must cover
the identification, characterization, and monitoring of the
sources of indoor air pollutants; human  health effects;
mitigation measures; and dissemination of information to
ensure the public availability of these findings. The Agen-
cy has no regulatory authority and, therefore, cannot set
enforceable standards for indoor air quality.  EPA ad-
 visory information, however,  may recommend  safe
 levels for specific contaminants.

 EPA has initiated a research and information dissemi-
 nation program concerning indoor air pollutants. A
 variety of indoor air pollutants such as tobacco smoke,
 fumes from  combustion appliances, biological  con-
 taminants (e.g., molds, mildew, fungi), and fumes from
 synthetic carpeting are known to have significant ad-
 verse health  effects. EPA's program encompasses the
 following efforts:

 •  Conduct  research to identify harmful air pollutants.

 •  Identify the health effects of  contaminants  and
    levels at  which these effects are likely to occur.

 •  Provide advisory information on contaminant health
    effects.

 •  Provide information on mitigation of indoor air pollu-
    tion problems.

 •  Provide information concerning Federal research
    and other activities related to indoor air pollution.

 •  Coordinate State activities regarding indoor air pol-
    lution.
 2.1.4   Air Pollution Problems of Regional and Global
        Significance

 EPA is directing research into the potential  for air
 pollution to create climatic, ecological, and  health
 problems of regional and global significance. Complex
 chemical interactions in the earth's atmosphere are
 now suspected  of increasing average temperatures
 (global warming), changing climatic patterns, deplet-
 ing stratospheric ozone, and contributing to acid rain.
 To correct or reverse these trends, the United States
 will need to achieve substantial progress in scientific
 understanding of atmospheric processes and to help
 build international consensus and cooperation on en-
 vironmental control methods.

 Several processes may be interacting to cause a gradual
 increase in the average temperature of the earth. Various
 gases from fossil fuel combustion continue to build up in
 the earth's  atmosphere.  These gases prevent the
 release of radiant energy into the atmosphere and thus
 could cause an increase in the earth's average tempera-
 ture. EPA is studying the policy options that could stabi-
 lize the amount of gases in the atmosphere and control
 future warming.  EPA is  also studying the health and
 environmental effects of potential warming trends. Under
 a Congressional mandate embodied  in the  Global
 Climate Protection Act of 1987, EPA is helping to coor-
 dinate a national  policy on global warming.

 Simultaneously,  some  types of  gaseous emissions
from industrial processes and other sources are rising
                                                  11

-------
  Table 2-4    U.S. Population Living hi Counties
             with 1988 Air Quality Above Primary NAAQS
             (Based on 1986 Population Data)
  Pollutant
Population (million persons)
  Ozone

  Particulates

  Carbon Monoxide

  Nitrogen Dioxide

  Lead

  Sulfur Dioxide
     111.9

     25.6

     29.5

      8.3

      1.6

      1.7
  Source: U.S. Enviromental Protection Agency.  1990.
  National Air Quality and Emissions Trends Report, 1988.
  EPA-450/4-90-002. Research Triangle Park, NC 27711:
  Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards Technical
  SUpport Division, March 1990.
to the stratosphere and causing a depletion in the layer
of ozone found there. This thin layer of ozone helps to
reduce the amount of ultraviolet radiation that reaches
theearth. Ultraviolet radiationcancauseskincancerand
possibly other health effects, such as impairment of the
visual and immune systems. Therefore, any increase in
radiation couldcreate healtheffects of concern. EPAand
otheragenciesarecooperatinginstudiestomeasurethe
changes in stratosphericozone. EPAalso assisted inthe
development of the Montreal Protocol, an international
agreement to reduce consumption of chlorofluorocar-
bons, halons, and other chemicals that reduce atmos-
pheric ozone. EPA's position was based partly on the
results of a 1987 risk assessment of the projected health
and environmental effects of reductions in atmospheric
ozone. The Montreal Protocol was signed in September
1987 and went into effect January 1,1989. EPApromul-
gated regulations (published in the  Federal Register,
August 12,  1988)  to implement  the phaseout  of
chlorofluorocarbons, halons, and other chemicals in
accordance with  the Protocol.

Dramatic environmental effects are occurring due to
the phenomenon of acid rain. Natural precipitation is
somewhat acidic because of the influence of atmos-
pheric carbon monoxide. With the addition of  nitrogen
oxide and sulfur oxide  emissions,  particularly from
power plants, the  acidity of precipitation  has in-
creased. The northeastern United States  has been
particularly vulnerable, with loss of fish  habitats in
many lakes and a decline in forest growth.  Yet impor-
tant  questions remain about the contribution  of in-
dustrial sources to the problem and the best approach
to regulation and mitigation. In recent years, EPA has
                             directed large-scale  research into the atmospheric
                             chemistry and long-range  atmospheric transport
                             problems of acid rain formation, as well as into methods
                             for restoring lake habitats.
       Radiation Programs

Although radioactive materials fall within the term "air
pollutants" in the CAA, the courts found in favor of
companies that challenged Minnesota when it used
the CAA in an attempt to regulate radioactive materials
more stringently than the Atomic Energy Commission.
To remedy this situation, an amendment was added to
the CAA in 1977, Section 122, that mandated that the
ERA Administrator had to review all "relevant informa-
tion  and  determine whether or not  emissions of
radioactive pollutants (including source material, spe-
cial nuclear material, and byproduct material), cad-
mium, arsenic, and  polycyclic organic matter into the
ambient air... may  reasonably  be anticipated to en-
danger public health." If so, the  Administrator must
regulate the pollutant under Sections 108,111,112, or
any combination of these sections.

EPAcurrently implements a number of programs to protect
the public from the health hazards of radiation contamina-
tion.  While the Department of Energy (DOE) and the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) have jurisdiction
over many facilities that handle radioactive materials, EPA
regulates the exposure of the general public to radiation.
Virtually all of these  regulatory, guidance, and analytical
programs are based to some degree on the health effects
of radiation exposure. EPA's major regulatory programs for
radiation  hazards and the statutory authority for these
programs are shown  in Table 2-5.
                             2.2  Program Organization

                             The EPA Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation is
                             responsible for all of the air and  radiation programs
                             described in Section 2.1.  The Assistant Administrator's
                             Office, the Office of Program Management Operations,
                             the Office of Policy Analysis and Reviews, and the Office
                             of Program  Development  are headquartered in
                             Washington, D.C. These offices are responsible for over-
                             all program management, resource management, policy
                             analysis, and program development.

                             Four major offices  within the Office of Air and Radiation
                             (Figure 2-1) carry out major program activities:

                             •  Office of Air Planning and Standards  (OAQPS).

                             •  Office of Mobile Sources (QMS).
                             •  Office of Radiation Programs (ORP).

                             •  Office of Atmospheric and Indoor Air Programs.

                             The functioning of the Office of Air and Radiation is illustrated
                             below with respect to three major program activities:
                                                 12

-------
•   Development of NAAQS.

•   Development of NESHAPs.

Ğ   Development of radiation standards.
2.2.1   Development of National Ambient Air Quality
        Standards

National ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) are
developed  in the Office of Air  Quality Planning  and
Standards (OAQPS) in Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina. The principal components of the regulatory
development process include preparation of a criteria
document,  a staff paper, and an economic impact as-
sessment.  Following the preparation of these com-
ponents, a regulation is proposed.

The Environmental Criteria and Assessment  Office
(ECAO) within ORD takes the lead in assembling criteria
documents for NAAQS pollutants  (see  Section 2.1).
ECAO assembles a team of scientists inside and outside
of EPA to prepare the document. The team conducts a
literature search, performs  a critical review of  key
studies, and prepares a draft document. The draft docu-
ment is peer reviewed  at a workshop attended by the
document authors and  non-Agency experts. Following
this review, the draft is circulated for review and comment
by the Clean Air Science Advisory Committee (CASAC)
and the public.  Following this review, EPA responds to
and incorporates, as appropriate, all comments. ECAO
normally submits its second draft for external review
before preparing the final document.

Once the criteria document has  been reviewed by the
public and CASAC, OAQPS prepares a staff paper that
evaluates key studies in the criteria document and iden-
tifies critical elements to be considered in the review of
the standard. The staff paper identifies the key studies
that should be used in setting the standard. The paper
also discusses  uncertainties  in the  medical evidence.
Finally, the  paper presents recommendations concern-
ing the range of standards that appear reasonable given
the existing scientific knowledge.

The staff paper is published and reviewed by the public
and CASAC. A public meeting is held with CASAC to
receive their comments and comments from the public.
Once all comments have been reviewed, and  the staff
paper revised, as necessary, the document forms the
basis for EPA's  decision on revising the standard. The
revised standard is proposed and, following public com-
ment, promulgated as a final regulation.

During  the  rulemaking  process, OAQPS prepares  a
regulatory impact analysis of the options under con-
sideration. As explained in Section  2.1, economic im-
pacts cannot be used as a basis for setting the standard.
The regulatory impact study is, therefore, published for
informational purposes.
2.2.2   Development of NESHAPs

Although OAQPS has four divisions, only two are involved
in the development of NESHAPs:  the Emissions Stand-
ards  Division, which manages  the development of
NESHAPs with support from its four branches, and the
Technical Support Division, which may provide air quality
modeling data. The process begins with the identification
of a pollutant or a category of sources meeting the criteria
for coverage under NESHAPs (see Section 2.1.3). The
Pollutant Assessment  Branch (PAB) in the Emissions
Standards Division identifies the hazardous pollutant or
pollutant source of concern by considering the number of
sources, their potential to emit large quantities of the pol-
lutant, the degree of health hazard posed by the pollutant,
and whether there is significant exposure potential.

Once a pollutant  or pollutant source  category has been
identified, the PAB briefly analyzes the substance's risks
and the Agency's regulatory options. After the pollutant is
screened, the Office of Health and Environmental Assess-
ment (OHEA) (in the Office of Research and Development)
develops a health assessment document. ECAO takes the
lead in developing the health assessment document. The
Human Health Assessment Group (HHAG) or the RfD
Working Group may provide analysis of the health hazards
of the substance. The branch may receive input from:

•   The Industry Studies Branch  or the Chemical and
    Petroleum Branch, also within the Emissions Stand-
    ards Division of  OAQPS,  which  may provide infor-
    mation on emissions levels.

•   The Technical Support Division  of OAQPS, which
    may provide air quality modeling to  assist in ex-
    posure assessment.

The PAB synthesizes the hazard, dose-response, and
exposure information to generate a preliminary risk as-
sessment. The PAB then develops a statement about the
health risks posed by a chemical or source category. Two
preliminary regulatory options are considered:

•   Coverage under NESHAPs  (Section 112 of the
    CAA).

•   Coverage under NSPS (Section 111 and 111d of the
    CAA).

There is considerable uncertainty inherent in assessing
whether a pollutant "contributes significantly to air pollu-
tion which may reasonably be anticipated to endanger
public health or welfare" (the NSPS criteria) or whether
the pollutant is "reasonably anticipated to result in an
increase in  mortality or an increase  in  serious irre-
versible, or incapacitating reversible, illness" (NESHAPs
criteria). Regulation under NSPS may be recommended
in cases where a source category is believed to generate
a variety of hazardous pollutants, not all  of which are
"hazardous." The NSPS program, in those cases, may
                                                 13

-------
Table 2-5  EPA Radiation Programs
Programs
Statutory Authority
A NESHAP regulation for
radbnuclide contaminants
such as those emitted from
uranium tailings sites, DOE
facilities, NRG licensees, and
uranium mines.

A regulation protecting human
health from exposure to con-
taminants from low-level
waste (LLW) disposal sites.

Reissuance of a standard
protecting the public from
offsrte exposure to radiation
from high-level radioactive
waste disposal sites.

Rewriting regulations for
disposal of uranium mill
tailings, principally for
ground-water protection
but also for emissions risks.

Providing advice concerning
the Federal Emergency
Management Association's
(FEMA's) protective action
guidelines, which recommend
responses and corrective
action for nuclear power plant
accidents.

Developing occupational
guidance for worker
exposure to radiation.
Clean Air Act, NESHAPs.
 Developing cleanup
 standards for Superfund
 sites with possible radiation
 exposure hazards.
 Radon surveys, mitigation
 proficiency programs,
 training centers, assistance
 to states, public information,
 federal coordination.

 Radiation monitoring,
 research, training, and
 technical assistance to states.
Low Level  Radioactive
Waste Policy Amendment
Act of 1985.
Nuclear Waste Policy Act
of 1982.
Uranium Mill Tailings Radia-
tion Control Act of 1978 (an
amendment to the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954).
Executive Order 12148,
"Federal   Emergency
Preparedness Manage-
ment" (1979).
Executive Order 10831,
"Federal  Compliance with
Pollution Control Standards"
(1959); Executive Order
12088, 'Federal Compliance
with Pollution Control Stand-
ards" (1978); and the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954.
Comprehensive Emergen-
cy Response, Compensa-
tion  and  Liability  Act  of
1980; Superf und Amend-
ments and  Reauthoriza-
tionsActof 1986.
 Indoor Radon Abatement
 Act of 1988.
 Public Health Service Act
 (1970).
Evaluation of Federal
actions involving.*

Naturally occurring
radionuclides in waste.*

Commodities containing
naturally occurring radio-
nuclides.*

Radionuclides in drinking
and surface water.*
National Environmental
Policy Act of 1969.

Resources Conservation
and Recovery Act (1976)

Toxic Substances Control
Act (1970)
Federal Water Pollution
Control Act (1973) and
Safe Drinking Water Act
(1974)
'The Office of Radiation Programs is not the lead office in
these areas.
Figure 2-1 . Organizational Chart for Office of Air and
Radiation (OAR)
Office Assistant
Administrator
William Rosenberg
(202) 382-7400

Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Gerald Emison
(919)541-5615

Office of Mobile Sources
Richard D. Wilson
(202) 382-7645

Off ice of
Radiation Programs
Richard J. Guimond
(202) 475-9600

Responsible for overall program
management, resource man-
agement, policy analysis, and
program development.
Located primarily in Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina,
this office develops NAAQS,
SNAAQS, NSPS, PSD, and
NESHAPs rules; guidelines
for implementing standards;
and policies related to the
control of stationary and
mobile sources.
Located in Ann Arbor,
Michigan, and Washington,
DC, this office oversees
development and implemen-
tation of mobile source
regulations including emis-
sions control requirements.
The office also oversees com-
pliance monitoring, testing,
and certification programs.
Headquartered in Washington,
DC, with supporting lab-
oratories in Montgomery,
Alabama, and Las Vegas,
Nevada, this office manages all
of the radiation regulatory
programs described in Section
2.1.5.
                                                      14

-------
be more appropriate since it can restrict all pollutants
from a source category.

Assuming a decision is made to cover the substance
under a NESHAP, the Emissions Standards Division
then conducts engineering  studies  of control  tech-
nologies forthe substance. These studies are conducted
by the  Industrial  Studies Branch (generally for inor-
ganics)  or the Chemical and  Petroleum Branch (for
organics). The Standards Development Branch (SDB)
(also within the Emissions Standards Division) performs
cost and economic impact assessments of the options.
Following these studies,  the Standards  Development
Branch  becomes the lead  branch and develops the
preamble and the regulation.

The preamble, regulation, docket, and support materials
are reviewed internally by several EPA offices and the
Administrator  before being published in  the Federal
Register as a proposed regulation. During the comment
period,  the Standards Development Branch takes the
lead in  comment response.  After the comments are
received, SDB revises the regulations and circulates
them for internal EPA review. Next, SDB writes a new
preamble and regulation and sends them to the Ad-
ministrator for promulgation.
2.2.3   Development of Radiation Standards

The Office of Radiation Programs within the Office of Air
develops most of the radiation standards described in
Section 2.1.5. In general,  the  Criteria and Standards
Division takes the lead in regulatory development, with
risk assessment, engineering,  economic analysis, en-
vironmental research, and other support provided by the
Analysis and Support Division.

Development of the recently proposed  NESHAPs
regulations for radionuclides is summarized here to il-
lustrate the regulatory development process in the Office
of Radiation Programs. (Standards that apply to radioac-
tivity are developed in the Office of Radiation Programs
ratherthan in OAQPS, where most NESHAPs standards
are developed.)  For the radionuclide NESHAP, the En-
vironmental Standards Branch within the Criteria and
Standards Division took the lead in regulatory develop-
ment. Extensive  technical assistance was provided by
the Analysis and  Support Division and by the Las Vegas
facility.

The Analysis and Support Division developed three
major background papers for the proposed rule:

•   Volume  One explains the methodology of the
    analysis.

•   Volume Two consists of the risk assessment for the
    12 point-source categories. The Las Vegas facility
    and the Montgomery, Alabama, facility assisted the
    Analysis and Support Division in  preparing the risk
    assessments.
•   Volume Three consists of the economic analysis,
    which was prepared by the Economics and Control
    Engineering  Branch of the Analysis and Support
    Division.

•   Additional information on control  methods  costs
    were developed by a contractor reporting directly to
    the Criteria and Standards Division.

A special committee of the EPA Science Advisory Board
peer reviewed the background documents. Based on the
background documents,  the Criteria  and Standards
Division prepared regulatory options and briefing papers
for internal Agency review.  The proposed standards
were published in March 1989. The Agency will receive
and analyze comments from public hearings and written
submissions.
2.3    Health Research Needs

2.3.1   Introduction

This section describes health research needs relevant to
the air program, including issues of interest to NAAQS,
NSPS, NESHAPs, and mobile sources, as well as those
related to indoor air, global change, and radiation.

The air programs require basic toxicity and exposure
information on air  pollutants in order to set National
Ambient Air Quality Standards and National Emissions
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants, and to make
decisions involving  emissions standards for motor
vehicles. All air programs would generally benefit from
research strategies that integrate source and exposure
characterization and health effects research so that re-
search will generate more broadly applicable data.

HERL has  a  leadership role in air-related health  re-
search. It contributes directly to the regulatory process
by anticipating future needs when selecting research
topics for study (e.g., pollutants from alternative fuels)
and coordinating technical interactions at EPA concern-
ing health research and exposure characterization. To
maximize the effectiveness of research,  HERL must
work with ECAO, the engineering labs  (AEERL and
AERL), the Federal program offices, and the local and
State programs in designing research strategies. A
specific core  program should be developed to support
these activities.
2.3.2  Major Research Categories

A. Hazard Identification

Hazard identification is, overall, a medium priority for the
air programs. Although most hazard identification work
has been completed for the NAAQS programs, the iden-
tification of human health effects (particularly develop-
mental and reproductive toxicity, immunotoxicity, hepatic
toxicity, respiratory toxicity, neurotoxicity, mutagenicity,
and cancer) associated with exposures to indoor air,
                                                  15

-------
ultraviolet (UV) radiation, and mobile source emissions
is a high priority.

The mobile source program needs to establish bio-assay
and animal testing protocols (as mandated in Section 211
of the CAA) so that it can evaluate the health impacts of
new fuels and fuel additives. Ultraviolet (UV) radiation is an
important concern for the Global Atmospheric Program.
Although UV-B appears to  affect the immune system in
mice, research is needed to determine if it is associated
with the same or other health effects in humans, what the
mechanisms of effects are, whether the effects are long-
lasting and specific, and whether they can be demonstrated
using in vitro assays. The indoor air program needs to know
what pollutants are harmful and at what concentrations,
and what the indicators of toxicity are in identifiable sensi-
tive subpopulattons,  for example, the ill. In addition, this
program  needs source characterization and health re-
search on biologicals, their organic by-products, and aller-
gic organic particulates.

A major focus of hazard identification research is under-
standing disease  processes and their chemical  induc-
tion. More sensitive, short-term screening tests for both
cancer and noncancer endpoints would increase EPA's
ability to regulate large numbers of pollutants by enhanc-
ing the specificity of effects data and decreasing testing
costs.  Examples of such tests are the bronchtolar-al-
veolar lavage (BAL) technique and other noninvasive
techniques for measuring  chronic lung damage, struc-
ture-activity relationship (SAR)  methods for application
to diverse toxicologic endpoints, and the gene-tox ap-
proach to both cancer and noncancer endpoints.

B. Dose Response

Establishing what concentrations of substances result in
health effects is central to all health-based decisions;
therefore, dose response is a high priority research area
for all of the ambient air programs,  i.e., NAAQS,
NESHAPS, mobile source, indoor air, and State assis-
tance programs. Extrapolating from route to route, and
species to species, across age groups, and from different
exposure scenarios  are key issues in dose-response
assessment. Health research to improve understanding
of how and when to perform extrapolations, and how to
use scientific criteria is essential. Specifically, research
is  needed to improve knowledge of pharmacokinetics
and pharmacodynamics, mechanism of action, the
variability of physiological parameters, and the relation-
ship between the toxic response and the actual disease
process.

In addition, research to improve dosimetry and to develop
biologically based models is essential to resolving dose-
response issues. Dosing differences for short- and long-
term exposures should be examined in relation to effect,
i.e., whether different effects are observed following one
short-term high dose, multiple low-level closes, and doses
of varying duration, of the same chemical. Most toxicity test
data (approximately 80 percent) are from oral studies.
Since the air program must evaluate the health effects due
to inhalation, route-to-route extrapolation is a very impor-
tant research area. Hypersensitivity reactions and tissue
sensitivity are other critical research areas for both can-
cer and noncancer endpoints. Research is  also needed
to elucidate the  mechanisms and dose-response
relationships between  exposure to  electromagnetic
radiation and its effects on the brain, the  reproductive
system, and the immune system, and to determine what
frequencies and patterns  of  exposure increase the
response.

C. Exposure Assessment

Many of the regulated pollutants and  many other sub-
stances emitted to ambient air have significant exposure
potential. Hence, exposure assessment remains a high
research priority for the ambient air programs. Research
is especially needed to determine what constitutes ex-
posure to electromagnetic radiation. Research to identify
exposure patterns  from a variety of different exposure
scenarios would be useful  for evaluating  how real-life
dosing patterns affect health outcomes.  The effects of
environmental factors, such as  temperature and
humidity, on outdoor exposures should also  be explored.

In addition, research is needed to characterize air pol-
lutants, particularly to identify atmospheric transforma-
tion products for commonly emitted  air pollutants, e.g.,
xylene and toluene, and the constituents of  aged atmos-
pheres. It is well  documented that multiple chemical
reactions occur once a substance has been  emitted to
ambient air and that these reactions  modify or create
pollutants that may cause cancer and noncancer health
effects. To measure the potential carcinogenicity of aged
urban atmospheres, the Integrated Air Cancer Project is
using short-term tests for  mutagenicity.  Mutagenicity
testing can relate health outcomes to exposure in a more
precise way to  generate an index of  exposure. HERL
should assemble multidisciplinary research teams
similar to those in  the Integrated Air Cancer Project to
develop and improve exposure  tools for noncancer
endpoints.

D. Chemical-Specific Information

This is a high priority research area for the ambient  air
programs, especially for the NAAQS program.  NAAQS
pollutants pose a health concern because many areas
have still  not  attained the standards,  resulting  in
widespread exposure to unacceptable levels of ozone,
sulfur oxides, nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, lead,
and particulates. Although many of these pollutants  al-
ready  have an extensive health  research data base,
additional data, including an improved scientific base for
RfDs and  the  development of inhalation  RfDs, are
needed to  use in  the  review  process and to support
further regulatory actions to achieve compliance.

Ozone is one NAAQS pollutant for which additional data
are especially critical. Over 100 million people currently
live in nonattainment areas for ozone. In  addition, the
adequacy of the current ozone standard has been ques-
                                                   16

-------
tioned. Despite the extensive data base available for
ozone, the NAAQS program still needs to determine if
chronic exposure to ozone will result in permanent lung
damage.

Research is also needed on the health effects of sulfur
oxides. Most of the relatively scant epidemiological data
supporting the 24-hour SOa standard was collected in
England  and the Netherlands during the  1950s and
1960s; more recent data are needed. The basis of the
annual standard is similarly weak as little data exist on
the health effects of long-term chronic exposure to low
levels of SO2. There is some data that suggest that the
health effects of SO2 depend, in part, on its interaction
with particulates and ozone. Therefore, epidemiological
studies are needed that evaluate long-term effects of
simultaneous exposure to ozone, particulates, and sul-
fur dioxide.

Acid aerosol research is important for current and future
environmental  and health  issues.  HERL-funded re-
search first initiated concerns regarding the health im-
pacts of acid aerosols, to which large numbers of people
are exposed. Research is needed in a number of key
areas, including atmospheric characterization and ex-
posure scenarios; dose-response tpxicity data for these
different scenarios; variability and intensity of  effects in
different  populations; and  specific clinical measure-
ments relating to tissue response.

Nitrogen dioxide is another NAAQS pollutant  whose
supporting data base contains many uncertainties, as
many of the key studies were conducted in Great Britain.
Ongoing research in this area is focusing on the relation-
ship of concentration and duration of exposure to ef-
fects, and on understanding the potential mechanism of
nitrogen dioxide-induced chronic disease.  New re-
search will  focus on the health  effects of repetitive,
short-term exposures to high concentrations of nitrogen
dioxide.  A better understanding of exposure  to
nitrosamines from nitrate is  also needed.

Another important research  area is the effect of carbon
monoxide on certain sensitive populations,  i.e.,  angina
patients and fetuses. Due to limited funds,  research is
limited to the potential impacts of carbon monoxide on
individuals with silent ischemia. Given the widespread
exposure to carbon monoxide, additional research in this
area is needed.

Lead is a compound with a large existing health research
data base. Additional research is  needed to provide
guidance on extrapolating from existing oral toxicity data
to the inhalation route and developing pharmacokinetic
models; this information will facilitate estimating the criti-
cal tissue dose from the intake dose.

The mobile source program  will need substantial health
research information on methanol and other alternative
fuels. For each alternative fuel, research is needed to
speciate emissions, identify and quantify components,
determine variance with the weather and  car  perfor-
mance characteristics, and evaluate possible  public
health consequences. Since much of this information is
not available for gasoline, additional research may be
needed for gasoline, too.

The indoor air program needs research information on
the levels and effects of environmental tobacco smoke,
volatile organic compounds, acid aerosols, mutagens
from  kerosene heaters, radon, fine particulates from
combustion sources, and microorganisms.

The importance  of information on other chemical-
specific air toxics will depend on the reauthorization of
the Clean Air Act. With a technology-based approach,
health research needs will focus  on establishing de
minimus risk levels for various exposure durations. If the
act includes chemical-specific requirements, additional
chemical-specific data will be needed.
2.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories

A. Biological Markers

This is  a relatively low priority research area for the
ambient air programs. However, because of the impor-
tance of human data in supporting regulations, develop-
ing biomarkers to use in epidemiological research and to
characterize human exposure would be of value.  Most
useful would be biomarkers for the following endpoints:
neurotoxicity,  immunotoxicity,  developmental and
reproductive toxicity, and respiratory toxicity. Biomarkers
that measure early warning signs, thus allowing preven-
tive actions to be taken would be very useful for health
applications. Biomarkers are  needed for physiologic
responses of the lung and for physiological measures of
effect for victims of the sick-building syndrome. Refining
information on  cotenine  in urine as a  biomarker  for
exposure to environmental tobacco smoke (ETS),  for
example, is much needed.

B. Pollutant Mixtures

This is  a  medium  priority health  research area for the
ambient air programs. Since auto exhaust, urban air, and
emissions from industn'al and commercial facilities are
composed of hundreds of substances, mixtures research
is of particular concern for the mobile source, hazardous
air pollutant, and indoor air programs, and  is also needed
by the NAAQS and urban toxics programs. Four questions
of particular interest are: (1) What are the combined health
effects resulting from exposures to mixtures? (2) What are
the components of concern in mixtures? (3) What are the
significant sources of health risks? (4) What test methods
can be used to evaluate the toxicity of mixtures?

Research is needed to determine the components of
health concern  in mixtures and to determine whether
they interact synergistically or additively, under  what
conditions, and for which  health effects or chemical
classes. Of particular importance to the Agency is the
human response to mixtures of pollutants that are  all at
or below their RfD level and to a mixture of the same
                                                  17

-------
pollutants where one or more components exceed their
RfO levels. In addition, methods should be developed
and validated for additional toxic endpoints as described
in Hazard Identification (see Section 2.3.2A), and then
applied to mixtures research.

Test methods are needed for evaluating the toxicity of
whole mixtures (e.g.,  auto exhaust  and  urban air) to
complement the information  obtained from btoassay-
directed fracttonation  (BDF), in which the mixture is
divided, preventing chemical interactions that may affect
its toxicity. Research is needed to improve the predictive
ability of mutagenicity assays for cancer and to develop
reliable short-term tests for noncancer health effects,
especially reproductive/developmental endpoints.  Im-
proved testing would help to identify significant sources
of health risks and would lead to regulatory strategies
that focus attention on the mixtures  or components of
mixtures of greatest concern.

C. Human Data

This is a  high priority research area for the  ambient air
programs which  are increasing  their emphasis on
epidemiotogic research. Human data, including informa-
tion for susceptible populations, are essential in develop-
ing  and  Devaluating the NAAQS  and  some of  the
hazardous air pollutants; such  data  often provide  key
validation of toxic effects observed in  nonhuman
species.  Frequently, little is known about the range of
population susceptibility to toxic air pollutants. As a con-
sequence, protecting sensitive subpopulattons has not
played a  large role in NESHAPS regulations and urban
toxics programs. This type of data,  if available, would
likely  have substantial regulatory impacts. Major re-
search areas to be addressed include identifying  the
effects, their seriousness or irreversibility, and how dif-
ferent dosing patterns affect them; and validating short-
term tests for noncancer endpoints and biomarkers for
carcinogen exposures.

The research needs of highest priority for  ambient air
programs are human data on the chronic effects of ozone
and the acute and chronic effects of acid  aerosols. The
mobile source program needs  human data on ozone,
oxides of nitrogen, sulfur dioxide, carbon dioxide,
methanol, and aldehydes. In the indoor air program,
research is needed to investigate the  biological basis for
hypersensitivity reactions and  to  develop  biomarkers
that can be used to predict effects. The development of
potency estimates and biomarkers for ETS will greatly
facilitate  understanding the impact of passive tobacco
smoke exposure on public health. Quantitative dosimetry
and epidemiological research on the  effects of
electromagnetic radiation are also of particular impor-
tance, since some data show excess leukemia risk for
children exposed to magnetic fields in their homes.
2.3.4  Emerging Research Needs

Emerging health research needs for the ambient  air
programs include epidemiotogic research on the effects
of chronic ozone, acid aerosol, and nitrogen dioxide
exposures. Research on risk assessment extrapola-
tions, including route-to-route, animal-to-human, high-
to-tow-dose, and across exposure durations,  will be a
critical need for the ambient air programs for years to
come. To improve  risk assessments,  information is
needed on how different dosing patterns affect phar-
macokinetics  and  pharmacodynamics for  different
population groups.

Research to examine the toxicity of urban and indoor
atmospheres and industrial and mobile source emis-
sions as  well as reaction by-products is an extremely
important future need.  Understanding the  relationship
between  disease processes and mechanisms of action
will also continue to be a major research need. Informa-
tion needs include information on the role of oncogenes
in cancer and development; validation of tests for cancer
and noncancer endpoints; development of noninvasive
methods  that are early predictors of disease processes;
and information on the  role of air pollutant exposure in
asthma, emphysema, immune dysfunction, and cancer.
2.3.5   Summary

Table 2-6 summarizes the health research priorities for
the air and radiation program. Of high priority are dose-
response issues, exposure assessment, chemical-
specific information, and human data. Of medium priority
are hazard identification and pollutant mixtures.  Re-
search on biological markers is of low priority.
Table 2-€ Important Health Research Needs and
Their Relative Priorities for the Air Program
Research Needs Relative Priorities
1. Hazard Identification
2. Dose Response
3. Exposure Assessment
4. Chemical-specific Information
5. Biological Markers
6. Pollutant Mixtures
7. Human Data
XX
XXX
XXX
XXX
X
XX
XXX
x- Low priority
xx • Medium priority
xxx- High Priority
                                                  18

-------
                                       SECTION THREE
                                 DRINKING WATER PROGRAM
3.1    Program Description

3.1.1   Introduction to the Statute and Overview of
       the Program Area

EPA's program to ensure the quality of the nation's
drinking water is mandated by the Safe Drinking Water
Act of 1974 (SDWA). The  statute was significantly
strengthened by the Safe Drinking Water Amendments
of 1986. The amendments require EPA to set national
drinking water standards for 83 specific contaminants by
1989, and to identify and regulate at least 25 additional
contaminants every 3 years thereafter.

In developing drinking water regulations, EPA  estab-
lishes maximum  levels of contaminants at which no
known or anticipated adverse health  effects will occur
(i.e.,  Maximum Contaminant Level  Goals or MCLGs).
These goals form the basis for National Primary Drinking
Water Regulations, which specify the maximum permis-
sible  levels of  these contaminants. These  levels are
commonly referred to as Maximum Contaminant Levels
(MCLs). The MCLs take into account the MCLG, the
technological feasibility of control systems for the con-
taminant, the analytical detection  limits for the con-
taminant, and the economic impact of regulating the
contaminant.

While the primary standards set maximum levels of
contaminants permissible in public water supply sys-
tems, they do not in themselves control the causes of
contamination. The Underground Injection Control (UIC)
Program, also authorized under the SDWA, controls the
use of injection wells to prevent the  contamination of
underground sources  of  drinking  water. Other EPA
programs such as the hazardous  and  nonhazardous
waste program, the pesticide program,  the surface water
quality program, the ground-water protection program,
the toxic substances control program, and the Superfund
program all serve in part to protect or clean up drinking
water supplies. These  programs are  covered in other
sections of this document.

The EPA drinking water program is described  here in four
sections:

•  Section 3.1.2 describes the water supply systems
   and contaminants covered under the program.
    Section 3.1.3 explains the development of MCLGs
    and MCLs.

    Section 3.1.4 describes the program to control con-
    tamination from underground injection wells.

    Section 3.1.5 covers a number of other components
    of the drinking water program.
3.1.2  The Regulated Public and Contaminants

The Regulated Public

The MCLs apply to "public water systems," which are
defined in  the  regulations  to  include systems that
regularly supply water to 15 or more connections or to
25 or more individuals at least 60 days a year (40 CFR
141.11[e]). This definition encompasses most industrial
and commercial  establishments that supply  water to
employers and/or customers, although only residential
systems are required to meet all the MCLs. Suppliers of
drinking water are excluded from regulatory coverage if
they  only store  water,  obtain water from a  regulated
public water supply, or sell no water (provided that they
are not a carrier of persons in interstate commerce).

The Regulated Contaminants

Prior to the 1986 amendments, EPA had established
interim drinking water standards for 22 contaminants.
The 1986 amendments to the SDWA required EPA to set
MCLs for 83 specific contaminants  (Table 3-1). All 22 of
the previously regulated contaminants are included in
this list of 83. The amendments allowed EPA to substitute
up to seven contaminants for those already on the list.
The Agency was required to publish any such proposed
substitutions and explain their rationale.

In evaluating substitutions to the list of contaminants, the
Agency considered the following criteria:

•  Are there sufficient health effects data upon which to
   derive an MCLG?

•  Are there potential adverse health effects from ex-
   posure to the contaminant via ingestion?
                                                 19

-------
Table 3-1     Contaminants to be Regulated under the
            SDWA
Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOCs)
Trichloroethylene
Tetrachloroethylene
Carbon tetrachloride
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
Vinyl chloride
Methylene chloride
Benzene
Monochlorobenzene
Dichlorobenzene(s) (O,M,D-)
Trichlorobenzene(s)
1,1-Dichloroethylene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene
Microbiology And Turbidity
Total coliforms
Turbidity
Giardia lamblia


Inorganics

Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Nitrate
Selenium
Silver
Fluoride
Aluminum
Antimony


Organ ics

Endrin
Lindane
Methoxychlor
Toxaphene
2,4-D
2,4,5-TP
Aldicarb
Chlordane
Dalapon
Diquat
Endothall
Glyphosate
Carbofuran
Alachlor
Epichlorohydrin
Toluene
Adipates
2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin)


Radionuclides

Radium 226 and 228
Beta particle and photon
 radioactivity
Uranium
Viruses
Standard plate count
Legionella
Molybdenum
Asbestos
Sulfate
Copper
Vanadium
Sodium
Nickel
Zinc
Thallium
Beryllium
Cyanide
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Vydate (Oxamyl)
Simazine
PAHs
PCBs
Atrazine
Phthalates
Aery lam ide
Dibromochloropropane (DBCP)
1,2-Dichloropropane
Pentachlorophenol
Picloram
Dinoseb
Ethylene dibromide (EDB)
Dibromomethane
Xylene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Gross alpha particle activity
Radon
•   Does the contaminant occur in significant amounts
    in drinking water? Has the contaminant been widely
    detected in significant frequencies?

•   If data on the frequency and nature of contaminants
    are limited, is there a significant potential for drinking
    water contamination?

These factors are discussed in detail in 52 FR 25720.

EPA applied the above criteria to determine candidates
for substitution and removal from the list. Based on this
evaluation, the Agency in January of 1988 removed zinc,
silver,  aluminum, sodium, dibromomethane,  molyb-
denum, and vanadium from the list of 83 contaminants.
In place of these contaminants,  EPA added aldicarb
sulfone, aldicarb  sulfoxide, ethylbenzene, heptachlor,
heptachlor epoxide, nitrite, and styrene (53 FR 1892).

EPA must publish and update every 3 years a list of
contaminants (in  addition to  the  83 contaminants for
which MCLs must be promulgated) that may occur in
public water systems and may require  regulation under
the SDWA (i.e., the Drinking Water Priority List). The first
Drinking Water Priority List (DWPL) was published on
January 22,1988 (53 FR 1892). This list included the 7
contaminants that were removed from the initial list of 83.
EPA must propose regulations  for at least  25 con-
taminants on the list within 2 years following publication.
3.1.3   Establishing MCL Gs and MCLs

The 1986 amendments required EPA to set both MCLGs
and MCLs for the 83 contamir*arvts on an accelerated
schedule. EPA was required to promulgate both MCLGs
and MCLs for 9 contaminants by June 1987 and for an
additional 40 contaminants  by June  1988.  EPA was
required to publish MCLGs and MCLs for the remaining
contaminants by June 1989. After setting standards for
the 83 contaminants, the Agency must then develop and
propose standards for at least 25 contaminants on the
Drinking Water Priority List. As will be explained below,
the original schedule has been extended.

MCLGs

As the name suggests, MCLGs are goals and not enfor-
ceable  standards. EPA must set MCLGs at  a level  at
which no adverse effects on the health of humans are
known  or anticipated to occur,  and which allows an
adequate margin of safety.  In general, for human  or
probable human carcinogens (Group A or B), EPA sets
the MCLG at 0. For possible human carcinogens (Class
C), EPA  may set  the  MCLG based on noncancer
endpoints, allowing an additional margin of safety, or on
carcinogenic endpoints as represented by the 10   or
10 excess cancer risk estimate. For contaminants with
inadequate or no evidence of carcinogenicity, EPA sets
standards based on noncancer endpoints (i.e., the refer-
ence  dose).
                                                 20

-------
Criteria Documents and Health Advisories

The health effects information underlying the MCLGs is
included in EPA's drinking water Criteria Documents.
These documents identify and describe the health ef-
fects information, both for noncancer and cancer effects,
used to develop the health basis for regulating a specific
contaminant. The Criteria Document typically includes
sections on:

•   Physical and chemical properties.

•   Toxicokinetics.

•   Health effects in animals.

•   Health effects in humans.

•   Mechanisms of toxicity.

•   Quantification of lexicological effects.

•   References.

In addition to the Criteria Documents, EPA publishes
Health Advisories (HAs) that summarize  health effects
information for contaminants. These documents include
brief sections on general characteristics of the con-
taminants,  occurrence/environmental fate, phar-
macokinetics, health effects, standards for exposure set
by organizations other than EPA, analytic methods, and
treatment technologies. The  HAs  are  intended  for
audiences that need basic  information on the health
effects and recommended safe levels of contaminants,
but do not need the detailed information contained in the
Criteria Document. HAs are developed primarily for un-
regulated contaminants. They are  also  developed to
address less-than-lifetime exposure situations. For ex-
ample, operators of water systems that are temporarily
affected by contamination as the result of a spill may
need immediate, concise information on the  health
hazards of that contaminant.

MCLS

The  1986 amendments require EPA to prepare  and
promulgate MCLs concurrently with MCLGs. The MCL
must be set as close to the MCLG as is "feasible." EPA
evaluates feasibility based on several factors:

•   The capabilities of  existing analytical methods to
    detect the contaminant.

•   The contaminant control potential of the best avail-
    able technology (BAT), treatment technique, or other
    method to control the contaminant.

•   The cost of these treatment options.

•   The impact of the costs of treatment options on a
    national, system-wide, and household basis.

•   The cost and implementation implications  of  the
   treatment options at the State level.
•   The benefits of the treatment options in terms of a
    reduction in disease cases.

•   The level of health risk associated with the treatment
    method. (The Agency seeks to achieve MCLs within
    the excess cancer risk levels of 10  to 10 .)

EPA is currently  in the process of establishing MCLGs
and MCLs for the 83 contaminants listed in Table 3-1.

•   MCLs for eight VOCs and f luorite were promulgated
    as of July 1988.

•   MCLs for lead, copper, and corrosion control have
    been proposed and will be finalized in November of
    1990.

•   MCLs for 38 contaminants, primarily inorganics and
    synthetic organics, were proposed in May of 1989
    and will be finalized in December of 1990.

•   MCLs for radionuclides will be proposed in Septem-
    ber of 1990.

•   MCLs for the remaining contaminants on the initial
    list of 83 were proposed in June of 1990.

In addition to the above rules, EPA has proposed require-
ments for disinfection and filtration for all public water
systems  using surface water. Under this proposal, all
systems using surface water must disinfect, and may be
required  to filter unless certain  water quality source
requirements and site-specific conditions are met. The
proposal establishes treatment techniques  in lieu of
MCLs for Giardia, viruses, heterotrophic plate count
bacteria, Legionella, and turbidity. Treatment must
achieve a 99.9 percent removal and/or inactivation of
Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.9 percent removal and/or
inactivation of enteric viruses. For systems using ground
water, EPA will propose a regulation covering disinfec-
tion, disinfectants, and disinfection  by-products in the
1990-1991 time frame.
3.1.4   The Underground Injection Control Program

The Underground Injection Control (UIC) Program regu-
lates the subsurface emplacement of fluid in wells or
dug-holes with a depth greater than their width. The
program covers the disposal  in wells of hazardous
waste, brine from oil and gas operations, certain mining
wastes,  and a variety of other substances.

Principally to insure against the contamination of under-
ground sources of drinking water, EPA has established
a classification system and regulatory controls based on
the type of injection occurring in the well (40 CFR 146.5).

The most stringent controls apply to those Class I wells
that are  used for injection of wastes classified under the
Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) as
hazardous. Class I wells  are subject to regulatory re-
                                                  21

-------
quirements concerning their location, the depth of the
injection zone, design and construction, injection rates,
monitoring, and well closure.

Class II wells are used for injection of fluids associated
with oil and gas production and storage. Class III in-
cludes a variety of wells used for solution mining opera-
tions such as the in situ production of uranium,  metals,
and minerals such as sulfur, salts, or potash. Regulations
for Class II and III wells are industry-specific and include
construction, operating, monitoring, reporting,  and
evaluation requirements (40 CFR 146.21-146.25).

Class IV wells, which are now banned, have been used
in the past for injection of radioactive wastes or RCRA-
classified hazardous wastes into or above underground
sources of drinking water. Class V is a general classifica-
tion that encompasses all injection wells not included in
other categories. Some of these wells may be used to
inject substances not classified as hazardous under
RCRA directly into a drinking water supply. EPA has, to
date, promulgated only reporting and notification require-
ments for Class V wells. A regulatory development initia-
tive was undertaken in 1990; it will encompass all Class
V injection wells in a generic fashion to insure the protec-
tion of underground sources of drinking water.

The UIC regulations are  enforced through  a well
authorization system using either permits or rules. States
have the option to develop a UIC program that enforces
the EPA standards, prevents unauthorized underground
injections, and allows underground injection only where
the process will not endanger drinking water sources (40
CFR 144.1[e]). States that did not choose to develop a
program are addressed through  EPA-administered  UIC
programs. All 50 states and the U.S.-administered ter-
ritories have promulgated UIC programs, some of which
are managed by EPA regions.
3.1.5   Other Program Components

State Programs

The  SDWA  requires States to establish programs to
ensure the quality of drinking water within their borders.
EPA reviews and approves the  State  programs and
oversees State implementation. At present, all but three
States have approved programs.

State programs must ensure that all MCLs and other
Federal requirements are complied with.  To achieve this
requirement, State programs undertake inspections and
surveys, reviews of engineering plans, laboratory analyses
of drinking water supplies, enforcement actions, issuance
and review of operating permits, and training.

Monitoring

EPA and the States require that drinking water supplies
be monitored. Each MCL includes a monitoring require-
ment for that contaminant. Drinking water suppliers must
report their monitoring results to the States. The States
must report any noncompliance to EPA, and must ex-
plain to EPA their plans to correct the problem. In 1987,
EPA issued requirements to monitor for unregulated
contaminants.

Secondary Standards

As guidance to States and drinking water suppliers, EPA
has issued Secondary  Drinking Water Standards (also
referred to as Secondary Maximum Contaminant Levels
[SMCLs]).  These nonregulatory standards  protect
values other than human health, such as esthetic proper-
ties including color, odor, and taste. EPA's secondary
standards are provided in Table 3-2. Additional SMCLs
are being developed and will be added to the standards
included in  the table.
  Table 3-2  Secondary Standards for Drinking Water


  Parameter                    Standard
  PH

  Chloride

  Copper

  Foaming agents

  Sutfate
6.5-8.5 mg/L

250 mg/L

1 mg/L

0.5 mg/L

250 mg/L
  Total dissolved solids (hardness)   500 mg/L

  Zinc                          5 mg/L

  Fluoride                       2 mg/L

  Color                         15 color units

  Corrosivity                     noncorrosive

  Iron                          0.3 mg/L

  Manganese                    0.05 mg/L
  Odor
3 threshold
unit number
Prohibition of Lead Materials

The 1986 amendments and subsequent EPA regulations
(40 CFR 141.43) prohibit the use of lead materials in the
installation or repair of any pipe, solder, or flux installed
in a public water system or in a residential or nonresiden-
tial facility providing water for human consumption.  The
SDWA amendments banned the installation of plumbing
materials containing  more than  0.2  percent lead for
solders and fluxes, and more than 8.0 percent lead for
pipes and pipe fittings in any building connected  to a
public water system after June 19, 1986. Each public
                                                  22

-------
water system is required to identify and notify any per-
sons that may be affected by lead contamination of their
drinking water as  the result of lead materials in the
distribution system or corrosivity  of the water supply
sufficient to cause leaching of lead.
3.2     Program Organization

3.2.1   Organization of the Office of Drinking Water

EPA's Office of Drinking Water (ODW) within the Office
of Water, conducts or oversees all of the regulatory
programs described in Section 3.1. The headquarters
office, located in Washington D.C., develops drinking
water standards and guidance and oversees State drink-
ing water programs.

ODW consists of an Office Director and four program
divisions, as shown schematically in Figure 3-1.

•   Office Director

•   Program Development and Evaluation Division

•   Criteria and Standards Division

•   State Programs Division

•   Technical Support Division

To illustrate  the  functioning of ODW, the role of  each
division in the following three regulatory programs  is
described below:

•   Setting MCLGs.

•   Developing Health Advisories.

•   Proposing and promulgating MCLs.
3.2.2   Setting MCLGs

The Health Effects Branch (HEB) within the Criteria and
Standards Division (CSD) has primary responsibility for
setting MCLGs and preparing the associated Criteria
Documents.  The Environmental Criteria and Assess-
ment Office (ECAO) within the Office of Research and
Development may assist in  developing the health-re-
lated assessments required for a MCLG. The process
of developing a MCLG consists of the following basic
steps:

1. HEB conducts a thorough literature review for the sub-
stance, including both computerized and manual searches.

2. HEB obtains the key literature references and reviews
the literature.

3.  Based on the literature review, HEB prepares the
Criteria Document in the standard ODW format (see
Section 3.1.3).
  Figure 3-1. Organizational Chart for Office of
            Drinking Water (ODW)
                                                        Office Director
                                                        Michael B. Cook
                                                        (202) 382-5543
   Program
   Development and
   Evaluation Division
   Arnold Kuzmack
   (202)382-5515
   Criteria and
   Standards Division
   Margaret Stasikowski
   (202) 382-7575
   State Programs
   Division
   Robert J. Blanco
   (202) 382-5522
   Technical Support
   Division
   Alan A. Stevens
   (513)569-7904
                        Overall  management of
                        ODW; review and approval
                        of regulatory actions. The
                        National Pesticides Sur-
                        vey, the Hazardous Waste
                        Injection Task  Force, and
                        the National  Drinking
                        Water Advisory Council are
                        all located in the Director's
                        Office.
Resource management
within ODW; assessment
of the costs, benefits, and
impact of regulatory options
(part of the process of set-
ting MCLs).
Assessment of the health
effects of contaminants in
setting  MCLGs;  develop-
ment of exposure informa-
tion  on contaminants;
development of proposed
MCLs and preparation of
the supporting regulatory
package.

Oversight of State drinking
water programs;  develop-
ment and implementation
of UIC program.
Technical support in drink-
ing water quality assess-
ment  and water supply
technology.
4. The Criteria Document provides ODW's estimate of
the reference  dose (RfD) for the substance  and the
Drinking Water Equivalent Level (DWEL); both numbers
assume 100 percent exposure through drinking water.
The latter represents the concentration of the substance
in drinking water not expected to cause any  adverse
noncarcinogenic health effects  in  humans  over  a
lifetime of  exposure.

5. The Science and Technology Branch (STB) within the
Criteria and Standards Division prepares a report on the
occurrence and exposure of the substance.
                                                   23

-------
6. Using the Agency-verified RfD and the DWEL, and
the occurrence and exposure information developed by
STB, HEB prepares a risk characterization which is the
basis for setting the MCLG. If the substance is a car-
cinogen, the MCLG is set at 0 (see Section 3.1.3).

7. The MCLG is used in setting the MCL as explained in
Section 3.1.3.
 3.2.3   Developing Health Advisories (HAs)

 HEB also is primarily responsible for preparing Health
 Advisories (HAs). Unlike MCLGs, which are required by
 statute, HEB has considerable latitude in determining for
 which  substances to prepare Health Advisories. HEB
 considers specific substances as candidates for HAs
 based on several sources of information:

 •   Suggestions by States and EPA regions.

 •   The National Pesticide Survey.

 •   Substances that must be monitored based on Sec-
    tion 1445 of the Safe  Drinking Water Act but are not
    regulated.

 Once HEB decides to develop an HA, it uses the same
 basic steps as in developing a Criteria Document and
 a  MCLG. The STB provides information  for the  HA
 concerning the analytical methods for detecting the
 contaminant and appropriate treatment technologies.
 The HA document includes a RfD and a DWEL. It also
 includes a Lifetime Health Advisory which is com-
 parable to a  MCLG for noncarcinogens.  For car-
 cinogens, information  on lifetime  cancer risk is
 provided.
3.2.4  Proposing and Promulgating MCLs

The Drinking Water Regulations Branch within CSD
manages the development of MCLs and the support-
ing regulatory packages. As explained in Section
3.1.3, MCLs are set as close as "feasible" to MCLGs.
Feasibility is evaluated by assessing several techni-
cal and  economic factors (described in Section
3.1.3).

The process of preparing the MCL and the associated
regulatory package consists of developing information
concerning the various components of the "feasibility"
determination. The Drinking Water Regulations Branch
is supported by several other divisions and branches in
developing this information.

•   STB within CSD develops a document on the treat-
    ment technology and  treatment cost for the con-
    taminant.

•   STB and the Technical Support Division in  Cincinnati
    establish the  analytical methods, detection limits,
    and laboratory  certification criteria for the con-
    taminant.

•   The STB  occurrence and exposure document,
    described  in Section 3.2.2, is used to establish
    monitoring requirements and as input to the benefits
    assessment.

•   The Program Development and Evaluation Division
    prepares a regulatory impact assessment for major
    rules (i.e.,  rules entailing more than $100 million in
    total cost or other major economic impacts) or an
    economic impact assessment for minor rules. These
    assessments  cover the  costs,  benefits, and
    economic impact of the MCLs.

•   The Program Development and Evaluation Division
    prepares an assessment of the paperwork burden
    associated with the MCL.

•   The State Programs Division prepares an implemen-
    tation plan for the MCL.

The Drinking Water  Regulations Branch pulls together
all the above information  in establishing a MCL, prepar-
ing the rulemaking package, and preparing the docket.

Following Agency and Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) review, the MCL is proposed. The Drinking Water
Regulations Branch may "farm out"  comments for
response by the divisions that assisted in preparing the
rulemaking package. The branch also develops a com-
munications  strategy for the rule in conjunction with the
EPA Office of Public Affairs.
3.3    Health Research Needs

3.3.1  Introduction

ODW's primary health research needs relate to  its
responsibility for setting MCLGs and developing HAs.
The  listing process for the Drinking Water Priority List
(i.e., the pollutants to be covered under MCLs) is also
driven primarily by health considerations.

Other required ODW activities that may utilize health
research information are development of criteria to deter-
mine the need for installing filtration systems to treat
surface water, treatment technology requirements for
disinfecting all public water systems, monitoring require-
ments for unregulated contaminants, and public notifica-
tion of health risks from drinking water contaminants.

ODW is interested in improving the scientific base on
which to assess the risks of drinking water contaminants.
Enhanced cross  fertilization of  disciplines within re-
search and development would accelerate scientific
progress. ODW needs general technical assistance from
HERL research scientists since the office does not have
any authority to request scientific information from in-
dustry, and since many of the chemicals regulated under
                                                24

-------
this program are of little commercial importance, so
industry does not have an incentive to voluntarily test.
ODW's immediate need for the next few years is scien-
tific support for regulating contaminants as required by
the 1986 SDWA amendments.
D. Chemical-Specific Information

Generating chemical-specific information is a very high
priority for the drinking water program since large numbers
of compounds must be regulated in the next few years.
3.3.2  Major Research Categories

A. Hazard Identification

ODW's needs for new test methods for hazard iden-
tification are modest. A more urgent need is filling data
gaps on existing chemicals. However, test  methods
currently in standard use  may not  reflect the most
sensitive toxicologic endpoints, i.e., reproductive and
developmental toxicology or cardiovascular toxicity.
The program would like to be confident that all impor-
tant toxicologic endpoints for a chemical being regu-
lated are taken into account. New methods must also
be capable of providing rapid results. The redesign of
studies and creation of new protocols to provide infor-
mation on mechanism of action are also  needed. In
addition,  research  to  develop biologically  based
methods for detecting and identifying microorganisms
is needed.

B. Dose Response

Dose-response issues are of high priority to the drink-
ing water program, because extrapolation is the fun-
damental basis for the scientific rationale underlying
most MCLGs. Any research that would contribute to a
better scientific base for extrapolation would directly
benefit the program. Specific needs include  research
to refine or develop a biologically based rationale for
applying safety factors, determine the relative sen-
sitivity of different toxicologic  endpoints, refine the
shape of all types of dose-response curves, develop
better extrapolation models and methods for evaluat-
ing very low-level exposures, and improve the scien-
tific basis of NOELs.

C. Exposure Assessment

Exposure assessment is a low research priority be-
cause regulated contaminants are known  to occur in
drinking water and  monitoring requirements  are  in
place to provide  ODW water exposure information.
However, there is  significant uncertainty regarding
exposure to contaminants in drinking water from
volatilization and  dermal absorption. The  drinking
water program is mainly interested in the end result
of toxicology studies; refining exposure to percentile
ranges is not needed and will not affect  regulatory
strategy. With human studies,  however,  charac-
terization of dose - particularly dose contributed by
drinking  water exposure to other background ex-
posures - is important, and dose should be refined as
much as possible to improve evaluations of causality.
3.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories

A. Biological Markers

Research on biological markers is a relatively tow priority for
this program.  Biomarker research  may be  important  in
elucidating mechanisms of toxicity and identifying persons
susceptible to  xenobiotics in drinking water. Exposure
biomarkers may also be important in refining dose and effect
in human studies for many of the reasons stated above.

B. Pollutant Mixtures

Certain pollutant mixtures are a high research priority for
the drinking water program. Aside from these specific
mixtures, health research needs in this area are limited.

The mixtures research needs of paramount importance
concern disinfection by-products from  ozonation,
chloramination,  and chlorination.  A tiered system, with
strong support from a research base, is needed to assess
these mixtures. Such a system would identify the most toxic
or active fractions and then narrow these  fractions to
identify the most hazardous chemicals. This procedure
might lead to  the  application of  control techniques to
remove these toxins or minimize their formation. In addition
to the practical applications of a tiered toxicity evaluation
approach to control health risks from drinking water con-
taminants,  mixtures characteristically found in treated
drinking water might be a convenient choice for validating
tiered testing strategies and  additivity. Trihalomethanes
were specifically mentioned as a potential model system
for these purposes since standard toxicity information for
many of the individual compounds already exists and
human data are also available.

Development of short-term tests  for evaluating toxicity
will allow more rapid  screening of infinite  varieties of
mixtures. These short-term tests may also be utilized in
a tiered screening system. Such tests, if well validated,
would be of great benefit to many Agency programs.

C. Human Data

Health research needs for human data are a high priority
for the drinking water  program. When human data are
available and of good quality, they add strong support to
the scientific base for regulation. Human data from short-
term controlled clinical  studies (e.g., blood chemistries in
persons exposed to drinking water disinfectants; suscep-
tibility of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase  [G6PD]-
deficient persons to the  effects of oxidizers generated
during disinfection)  can be particularly useful in meeting
ODW's  needs  because they can  generate information
more quickly and at lower cost than epidemiologic studies.
In addition, epidemiology studies of disease outbreaks
related to microorganisms are needed.
                                                  25

-------
3.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

The  drinking water program has several emerging re-
search needs. Real data gaps exist for cardiovascular
toxicity and immunotoxicology endpoints; these should
be filled over the  next decade.  These endpoints are
important for several reasons. Human studies in Wiscon-
sin suggest  that water hardness may be related to in-
creased low-density lipoprotein  (LDL)  cholesterol.
Effects on blood lipids have also been seen in animal
studies. Immunotoxicology is important because of the
immune  system's  role in cancer.  Heart disease  and
cancer are the two leading causes of death, so research
related to risk factors or mechanisms would have great
public health benefits.
3.3.5   Summary

The research priorities of the drinking water program are
summarized  in Table 3-3. Overall the highest priority
health research needs for the drinking water program are
dose-response issues of all types, since animal (and
short-term test) data must be used to set standards;
pollutant mixture issues insofar as they pertain to disin-
fection by-products; human data, particularly from clini-
cal studies of  specific design; and  chemical-specific
information. The other research areas are of low priority.
Table 3-3  Important Health Research Needs and
          Their Relative Priorities for the Drinking
          Water Program
Research Needs
Relative Priorities
1.Hazard Identification

2. Dose Response

3. Exposure Assessment

4. Chemical-Specific Information

5. Biological Markers

6. Pollutant Mixtures

7. Human Data
       x

       xxx

       x

       xxx

       x

       xxx

       xxx
x ğ Low priority
xx - Medium priority
xxx - High priority
                                                   26

-------
                                         SECTION FOUR

                                   WATER QUALITY PROGRAM
4.1     Program Description

4.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
        Program Area

EPA's program to protect the quality of the nation's water
bodies is authorized under the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act of 1972. Since its passage, the statute has
been amended in 1977, 1978, 1980, 1981, and 1987,
and renamed the Clean Water Act. The amended act and
associated regulations attempt to ensure that water
bodies are pure enough for their intended uses (e.g.,
swimming, fishing, navigation, agriculture, public water
supplies). The quality of drinking water is addressed
specifically in the Safe Drinking Water  Act, which is
discussed separately in Section Three of this document.

Like many EPA programs, the water quality program invol-
ves both State and Federal governments. Each State is
required under the Clean Water Act to establish ambient
water quality standards for its water bodies. In setting these
standards, States use water quality  criteria documents
published by  EPA and other advisory information. The
Agency reviews and approves the State's standards.

EPA and the  States ensure that ambient water quality
standards are achieved by controlling the sources of
pollution. EPA has established national minimum treat-
ment requirements for sewage treatment plants. The
Agency also has established national effluent limitations,
which constitute minimum levels of pollution control for the
major industries. If, however, sewage treatment plants and
industries are in compliance with the national effluent
limitations and a State's ambient water quality standards
are not being achieved, the State may require levels of
control above those of the national standards. The State
also implements controls on nonpoint sources of pollu-
tion. Thus, EPA's efforts to control water pollution consist
of both minimum national pollutant limitations and addi-
tional controls required to meet ambient water quality
standards (i.e., water quality-based controls).

Sewage treatment plants are large-volume dischargers in
many communities.  Most of these facilities treat both
domestic and  industrial wastewaters that are discharged
into sewer systems and, in turn, discharge purified effluents
into a water body. Sewage treatment plants have been the
focus of several other programs. EPA has funded sewage
treatment plant construction, established numerical criteria
and additional controls on the disposal of the residuals (i.e.,
sludges) removed during treatment, and provided grant
assistance for the development of innovative treatment
and sludge disposal methods.

EPA's clean water program is described below in five
sections:

•   Section 4.1.2 describes the scope and coverage of
    the Clean Water Act.

•   Section 4.1.3 describes the ambient standards that
    set forth the level of water quality required for the
    nation's water bodies.

•   Section 4.1.4 describes the regulation of pollution
    sources,  including the effluent limitations for direct
    dischargers and pretreatment standards.

•   Section 4.1.5 describes the Agency's efforts to con-
    struct and regulate sewage treatment plants.

•   Section  4.1.6 describes a number of  other EPA
    programs to protect  lakes, bays, estuaries, and
    oceans.
4.1.2   Scope and Coverage of the Clean Water Act

The Clean Water Act primarily protects the nation's sur-
face waters. The  term "surface waters" encompasses
rivers, streams, lakes,  bays, estuaries,  most natural
wetlands, and oceans. The act allows  EPA and  the
States to regulate all sources of pollution to these water
bodies.

Sources of Pollution

The Clean Water  Act regulates three major sources of
pollution:

•   Direct Dischargers - Sources that discharge their
    effluent from a pipe or outfall directly into a receiving
    water body.

•   Indirect Dischargers - Sources that discharge their
    effluent into a sewer that flows to a sewage treatment
    plant and then, following treatment, into a receiving
    water body.

•   Nonpoint  Sources - Diffuse sources that are not
    regulated as  point  sources and normally are  as-
    sociated with agricultural, silvicultural, construction,
    mining, and urban runoff. In practical terms, nonpoint
                                                  27

-------
    source pollution does not result from a discharge at
    a specific, single location (such as a single pipe), but
    generally results from land runoff, precipitation, at-
    mospheric deposition, or percolation. However, legal
    and regulatory decisions have sometimes resulted
    in certain sources being assigned to either the point
    or nonpoint source categories because of considera-
    tions other than their manner of discharge.  For ex-
    ample,  irrigation return flows are designated as
    "nonpoint sources" by Section 402(1) of the Clean
    Water Act, even though  the discharge is through a
    discrete conveyance.

EPA and the States must address all of these sources in
their water pollution control programs.

Type  of Pollutants

In regulating sources of water pollution, EPA must address
several categories of pollutants.  "Conventional pollutants"
are contaminants found in common household sewage
and, therefore, in the water that flows to sewage treat-
ment plants. Section 304(a)(4)  of the Clean Water Act
specifically  identifies four conventional pollutants that
must be regulated:   biological oxygen demand,
suspended  solids, fecal coliform,  and pH. The Agency
subsequently has identified "oil and grease" as an addi-
tional conventional pollutant (44 FR 44501).

In addition to the conventional pollutants, EPA also must
regulate toxic pollutants. Section 307(a)(1) of the Clean
Water Act lists  65 toxic pollutant  classes  (Table 4-1).
From these 65  classes,  EPA has identified 126 com-
pounds as "priority pollutants." The priority pollutants are
often referred to as "Section 307(a) pollutants" or simply
"toxic pollutants." Priority pollutants have a  special sig-
nificance in  that they must be addressed in several parts
of the EPA water quality program, as described below.
  Table 4-1    Toxic Pollutant Classes  (Listed under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act)
  Acenaphthene
  Acrolein
  Acrylonitrile
  Aldrin/Dieldrin
  Antimony and compounds*
  Arsenic and compounds
  Asbestos
  Benzene
  Benzidine
  Beryllium and compounds
  Cadmium and compounds
  Carbon tetrachloride
  Chlordane (technical mixture and metabolites)
  Chlorinated benzenes (other than dichlorobenzenes)
  Chlorinated ethanes (including 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-
      ethane, and hexachloroethane
  Chlorinated naphthalene
  Chlorinated phenols (other than those listed elsewhere;
      includes trichlorophenols and chlorinated cresols)
  Chloroalkyl ethers (chloromethyl, chloroethyl, and mixed
      ethers)
  Chloroform
  2-Chlorophenol
  Chromium and compounds
  Copper and compounds
  Cyanides
  DDT and metabolites
  Dichlorobenzenes (1,2-, 1,3-, and 1,4-dichlorobenzenes)
  Dichlorobenzinine
  Dichloroethylenes (1,1-and 1,2-dichloroethylene)
  2,4-Dichlorophenol
  Dichloropropane and dichloropropene
  2,4-Dimethylphenol
  Dinitrotoluene
  Diphenylhydrazine
  Endosulfan and metabolites
  Endrin and metabolites
  Ethylbenzene
  Fluoranthene
Haloethers (other than those listed elsewhere; includes
    chlorophenyl-phenyl ethers, bromophenylphenyl ether,
    bis (dischloroisopropyl) ether, bis-(chloroethoxy)
    methane, and polychlorinated diphenyl ethers)
Halomethanes (other than those listed elsewhere; includes
    methylene chloride methylchloride, methylbromide,
    bromoform, dichlorobromomethane,
    trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane)
Heptachlor and metabolites
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclohexane (all isomers)
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Isophorone
Lead and compounds
Mercury and compounds
Naphthalene
Nickel and compounds
Nitrobenzene
Nitrophenols (including 2,4-dinitrophenol, dinitrocresol)
Nitrosamines
Pentachlorophenol
Phenol
Phthalate esters
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (including
    benzanthracenes, benzo-pyrenes, benzofluoranthene,
    chrysenes, dibenzanthracenes, and indenopyrenes)
Selenium and compounds
Silver and compounds
2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)
Tetrachloroethylene
Thallium and compounds
Toluene
Toxaphene
Trichloroethylene
Vinyl chloride
Zinc and compounds

'The term "compounds" includes both organic and
inorganic compounds.
                                                      28

-------
The Agency, however, is not limited to these conventional
and priority pollutants in developing its regulatory programs
underthe Clean Water Act. The Agency typically considers
a working list of approximately 400 substances. This list
consists of conventional pollutants, priority pollutants, and
other pollutants that are known to have adverse effects and
for which accurate measurement techniques have been
developed. This latter group of pollutants is referred to as
"nonconventbnal pollutants."

In summary, the EPA's water quality program covers: (1)
all types of surface water bodies;  (2) all sources of
pollution to these water bodies; and (3) conventional,
toxic, and  nonconventional pollutants discharged by
these sources.
4.1.3   Ambient Water Quality Criteria and Standards

A cornerstone of EPA's water quality program is the
setting of standards for how clean specific water bodies
should be. Both EPA and the States are responsible for
determining acceptable levels of  ambient water quality.
The States set and enforce water quality standards for
the waters within their borders. These standards desig-
nate the uses of specific water bodies and the associated
maximum permissible concentrations of pollutants. EPA
reviews and approves the State standards; the Agency
also publishes "water quality criteria" and other health-
related information, which guide the  States in setting
maximum pollutant limits.

Water Quality Criteria and Associated Information

Under Section 304(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act, the EPA
must publish water quality criteria for the pollutants listed
under Section 307(a)(1). EPA's water quality criteria set
forth the maximum concentration of pollutants consistent
with the goals of the Clean Water Act. The criteria are
based solely on scientific data and judgment concerning
ecological and human health effects, and must not take
into account economic or technological feasibility.

As specified in the Clean Water Act, EPA's water quality
criteria must reflect the latest scientific knowledge on:

•   All identifiable effects of pollutants in a water body
    (including ground water) on health  and welfare.
    These  include effects on plankton,  fish,  shellfish,
    wildlife,  plant life,  shorelines,  beaches,  esthetics,
    and recreation.

•   The concentration and dispersal of pollutants or their
    by-products through biological, physical, and chemi-
    cal processes.

•   The effects of pollutants on biological community diver-
    sity, productivity, and stability, including information on
    the factors affecting rates of eutrophication and rates
    of organic and inorganic sedimentation for varying
    types of receiving waters.
EPA's criteria development program has focused on
establishing  maximum concentrations of  pollutants
consistent with the protection of aquatic  life  and
human health. The Agency has published guidelines
for developing these criteria (FR 44:15971), and for
preparing the associated documents (i.e., Criteria
Documents).  In  general, each Criteria Document
covers one of the 65 pollutant classes (encompassing
126 priority pollutants), and one or more priority pol-
lutants in that class.

The sections of the Criteria Documents  pertaining to
aquatic life include:

•   Information on acute and chronic toxicity to fresh-
   water and saltwater organisms (fish, aquatic inver-
   tebrates, and aquatic plants).

•   Information on bioconcentration of the substance.

•   Data analysis, rationale, and mathematical deriva-
   tion of the criteria (maximum allowable concentra-
   tion of the pollutant)  consistent  with  protecting
   freshwater and saltwater life.

The health assessment sections of the Criteria Docu-
ments typically include:

•   Information on possible exposure routes.

•   Data on pharmacokinetics (to assess the biochemi-
   cal fate of compounds in animals and humans).

•   Information on toxicity (including acute, subchronic,
   and chronic toxicity; synergistic and antagonistic
   properties; and mutagenicity, teratogenicity, and car-
   cinogenicity).

•   Data analysis, rationale, and mathematical deriva-
   tion of the health criteria for the pollutant.

To date,  the Agency  has developed human health
criteria for 108 of the  126  priority  pollutants,  and
aquatic life criteria for 26 priority pollutants.  EPA also
has developed Water Quality Advisories, which pro-
vide information similar to the Criteria Documents. The
guidelines for derivation  of the Water Quality Ad-
visories, and 16  advisories for protection of aquatic
life, will be published during 1990. The Water Quality
Advisories rely on a more limited data base than  the
criteria documents and employ more conservative as-
sumptions in establishing recommended  pollutant
limitations. They  are intended to  provide up-to-date
information on a  pollutant's effects for contaminants
for which there are  insufficient data to establish water
quality criteria. The Agency  also  maintains the  In-
tegrated  Risk  Information System  (IRIS), a com-
puterized data base  that compiles  environmental
health  information for toxic chemicals.
                                                   29

-------
Water Quality Standards

Section 303 of the Clean Water Act requires States to
establish ambient water quality standards for the water
bodies within their borders. Each water quality standard
consists of two principal components:

•   Designated use of the water body - The States
    must designate the intended use of the water body,
    taking into consideration Its use and value for public
    water supplies,  propagation of fish and wildlife,
    recreational  purposes, agricultural,  industrial,  and
    other purposes, and also taking into consideration
    its use and value for navigation."

•   Water quality criteria consistent with such uses -
    These "criteria" are maximum levels of specific pol-
    lutants that  are  consistent with the water body's
    intended use.

State standards  also contain an antidegradation policy,
which requires that pollution control levels  sufficient to
protect existing uses be maintained.

Under Section 303, the States are required to hold public
hearings to review and revise the water quality standards
at least once every 3 years. EPA reviews and approves
the results of these revisions. EPA also  evaluates the
State standards to determine their consistency with the
EPA criteria and with the goals of the Clean Water Act.

Prior to the 1987 Amendments to the Clean Water Act,
States had greater flexibility  in setting criteria in their
ambient water quality standards. In many cases, the
criteria for a specific water body were stated in qualitative
terms and may not have taken into account toxic pol-
lutants. The  1987 Amendments to the Clean Water Act
established  much stricter requirements  for the  water
quality criteria in a State's standards.

When setting standards for a water body, the States are
required by the amendments to consider the toxic pol-
lutants listed in Section 307 of the Clean Water Act and
to determine whether:

•   The presence of any pollutant on the list could inter-
    fere with the designated uses of the water body.

•   The EPA has published numeric criteria for those
    pollutants under Section 304.

If both of these conditions are met, the State must adopt
specific numeric limits for those pollutants to protect the
designated uses of the water body. A State may consider
local conditions  such as pH,  temperature, and  water
hardness in adapting the criteria to its waters. Depending
on the State's evaluation of local conditions, its numeric
pollutant limits may be more or less stringent than the
EPA criteria, but they must be specific numeric limits.
In cases where the State determines that a specific toxic
pollutant could interfere with a water body's designated
uses, but the EPA has not yet published numeric criteria,
the State must adopt pollutant limits based on biological
monitoring or assessment methods. The States may use
Water Quality Advisories and/or the IRIS data base in
this effort.  EPA has prepared a document entitled
"Guidance for State Implementation of Water Quality
Standards for  Clean Water Act Section 303(c)(2)(B)" to
assist the  States in developing their water quality stand-
ards.
4.1.4   Control of Pollution Sources

EPA and the States control the discharge of pollutants
from all sewage treatment plants and major industrial
sources. These controls include uniform national pollu-
tion control standards for direct industrial dischargers,
indirect industrial dischargers,  and sewage treatment
plants. The  Agency and  States may  require controls
beyond those of the national standards, including non-
point source pollution controls, in certain circumstances.

National Effluent Limitations for Direct Dischargers

EPA is required under Sections 301 and 304 of the Clean
Water Act to establish national effluent limitations for the
major categories of industrial dischargers. The industrial
categories covered by this program are listed in Section
306 of the Clean Water Act (Table 4-2).
  Table 4-2   Industries Subject to National Effluent
             Limitations
  Pulp and paper mills
  Paperboard, builders' paper and board mills
  Meat product and rendering processing
  Dairy product processing
  Grain mills
  Canned and preserved fruits and vegetables processing
  Canned and preserved seafood processing
  Sugar processing
  Textile mills
  Cement manufacturing
  Feed lots
  Electroplating
  Organic chemicals manufacturing
  Inorganic chemicals manufacturing
  Plastic and synthetic materials manufacturing
  Soap and detergent manufacturing
  Fertilizer manufacturing
  Petroleum refining
  Iron and steel manufacturing
  Nonferrous metals manufacturing
  Phosphate manufacturing
  Steam electric power plants
  Ferroalloy manufacturing
  Leather tanning and finishing
  Glass and asbestos manufacturing
  Rubber processing
  Timber products processing
                                                   30

-------
Some of these categories have been further divided into
"subcategories"  based  on differences in production
processes and associated pollutants. For each industry,
EPA promulgates  several categories of technology-
based effluent limitations:

•   Best Practical Control Technology Currently
    Available (BPT) - This regulation requires industrial
    dischargers to implement control  technologies
    equivalent to the average performance of well-
    operated plants in the industry. This was the first
    regulation promulgated for most  industries and  it
    represents the baseline from which the impact of
    more  stringent  controls  (described below)  is
    measured.

•   Best  Available Technology  Economically
    Achievable (BAT) - For toxic and nonconventional
    pollutants, this regulation requires industrial sources
    to implement controls equivalent to the best existing
    performance in their industry.

•   New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) -
    For both toxic sand conventional pollutants, this
    regulation requires  new facilities to install the best
    available demonstrated technology to control ef-
    fluents.

•   Best Conventional Technology (BCT) - This
    regulation requires  existing dischargers to control
    conventional  pollutants to a  degree that  is
    reasonable in light of the cost of removing the same
    pollutants in sewage treatment plants.

A new plant in any of the industries covered by the
program is subject to NSPS regulations; an existing
facility is subject to BPT, BAT, and BCT standards. For
existing facilities, BAT (for toxics) or BCT (for convention-
al pollutants) may require more stringent controls than
BPT. In those cases, the BPT regulations, which were
the first rules promulgated for each industry, are super-
ceded by the BAT or BCT.

Developing these national industrial effluent limitations
has been a major regulatory activity of EPA for the past
16  years.  While health  considerations are taken into
account in identifying the pollutants that must be covered
(the toxic, conventional,  and nonconventional pol-
lutants), the decision on the required level of control is
based primarily on technology and cost considerations,
and not on health concerns.

The relative toxicity of pollutants, however, may be a
factor in selecting the technology on which to base a
pollution control  for an industry. In setting BAT and
NSPS, EPA may evaluate several different technologies
that vary in their effectiveness in removing certain toxic
pollutants. To compare the technologies, the Agency
may calculate the cost effectiveness of each technology
(i.e., the cost  per weighted pound of toxic pollutants
removed). The "weightings" used in this calculation are
based on the toxic effects of the pollutants, using EPA
criteria as a measure of these effects.

EPA has set BPT, BCT, BAT, and NSPS for most of the
27 industrial categories listed in Section 306 of the Clean
Water Act, and the Agency is now completing its stand-
ards forthe remaining categories. These existing effluent
limitations, however, have not been developed for every
subcategory within the major categories. Furthermore,
industrial process technology and pollution control tech-
nology have changed since some of the initial effluent
limitations were  promulgated. For these reasons, the
1987 Clean Water Act amendments require a substantial
review and consideration of revisions to the national
effluent limitations.

Section 304(m) of the 1987 amendments requires EPA
to publish every 2 years:

•   A schedule for review and revision of promulgated
    effluent limitations.

•   An identification of sources  of pollutants for which
    effluent limitations have not been published.

•   A schedule for developing effluent limitations for the
    uncovered categories.

In August of 1988,  EPA proposed  its first plan under
Section 304(m).  The final plan will  be issued  in early
1990.

Effluent Limitations for Sewage Treatment Plants

EPA has also established specific effluent limitations for
sewage treatment  plants. In general, municipal was-
tewater treatment plants must provide a minimum  of
secondary treatment. Secondary treatment is defined as
a concentration of biological oxygen demand (BOD) and
total suspended  solids (TSS) of 30  mg/L or less each.
EPA programs covering sewage treatment plants are
described in more detail in Section 4.1.5.

Pretreatment Standards

Concurrently with the development of effluent limitations
for direct dischargers, EPAdevelpps pretreatment stand-
ards for  indirect dischargers in the major industrial
categories. Like  the industrial  effluent limitations,  EPA
has  promulgated national pretreatment standards for
most of these major industrial categories. EPA's review
and planning document for the national effluent limita-
tions, described above, also covers the Agency's plans
for revising the pretreatment standards. Where neces-
sary to meet permit limits or sludge use/disposal require-
ments, local sewage treatment authorities develop local
limits that go beyond the national categorical pretreat-
ment standards.
                                                  31

-------
Nonpolnt Sources

As part of the Water Quality Act of 1987, Congress added
specific new nonpoint source (NFS) provisions to the Clean
Water  Act in the form of  Section 319.  Under these
provisions, each State was required to prepare and submit
to EPA by August  4, 1988, a NFS assessment of its
navigable waters and a 4-year NFS management program.
The NFS assessment was to identify all navigable waters
within the State which, without further action to control NFS
pollution, would not attain or maintain water quality stand-
ards. The management  program was to identify best
management practices (BMPs), programs, and  funding
sources, and to establish milestones for addressing, over
the next 4 years, the leading water quality programs iden-
tified in the State's NFS assessment. States were also to
identify in their management programs any Federal assis-
tance programs and development projects which they
wished to review for consistency with their NFS manage-
ment programs. EPA has 6 months from submittal to ap-
prove or disapprove the State's assessment and/or
management program; EPA may approve only a portion of
the management program.

Due to resource and experience limitations, a number of
States have been stow to submit final assessments and
management programs. However, as of December
1989, all States had submitted their assessments and
management programs. EPA Headquarters and Regions
are working actively with the States, through in-house
staff and contractual support, to provide the States with
needed technical, analytic, and management support.
EPA expects to take final action to approve, disapprove,
or approve in part all of the State management programs
by early 1990.

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES)

EPA's control of water pollution sources is enforced through
the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination  System
(NPDES). The  NPDES program requires dischargers to
obtain permits specifying the permissible concentration or
level of contaminants in their  effluent. EPA authorizes
States to operate the NPDES system, provided  that the
State program  meets all of the EPA requirements. For
States  that have  not received NPDES delegation, EPA
Regional offices issue NPDES permits. As of December
1989, 39 States had received NPDES delegation. Some
States without delegation issue their own permits in addi-
tion to the EPA-issued NPDES permits.

EPA and the States use the NPDES permitting system
to attain water quality standards. If a State is enforcing
the national effluent limitations and still is not meeting its
ambient water quality standards, it must  require more
stringent  controls, and incorporate these  requirements
into NPDES permits for affected facilities. Permits incor-
porating these additional levels of control are referred to
as "water quality-based permits."  EPA has developed
guidance publications to aid States and Regional EPA
officials in writing these permits.
4.1.5  Sewage Treatment Plant Programs

Construction Grants/Revolving Loans

As explained in Section 4.1.4, EPA requires sewage
treatment plants to achieve a minimum of secondary
treatment. The Agency has, in the past, provided much
of the funding for the construction of sewage treatment
facilities. Between 1972 and 1988, the Federal govern-
ment provided approximately $60 billion in grants to local
agencies to plan, design, and construct sewage treat-
ment plants. These grants have covered as much as 85
percent of the capital costs determined to be eligible
underthe EPA Construction Grants Program regulations.
Over the years, varying amounts of Construction Grants
funding appropriations have been set aside to fund spe-
cial programs such as nonpoint source control projects
or special estuarine projects.

The  1987 amendments provided  for a gradual phase-
down of Federal financial assistance for plant construc-
tion, and grant funding will be phased out by 1991.
Between  1987 and 1994, the Federal government will
provide startup money to States to set up revolving loan
funds. These permanent State-run programs will provide
low-interest loans and other nongrant assistance to local
governments for building or improving sewage treatment
plants.

Pretreatment Programs

EPA requires all sewage treatment plants with wastewater
inflow greater than 5 million gallons per day to  establish
pretreatment  programs. Under  these programs, the
sewage treatment  plants regulate discharges  into
municipal sewers by industries and other entities. The
sewage treatment plants must, at a minimum, enforce
the national pretreatment standards (described in Sec-
tion  4.1.4) and may implement  additional  controls or
limits based on local conditions (i.e., local limits). EPA
authorizes the States to review and approve the pretreat-
ment programs of individual sewage treatment plants.

Sewage treatment plants may implement local limits for
any of the following reasons:

•   A treatment plant's NPDES permit may require
    removal of toxic pollutants that the plant itself cannot
    remove.

•   Pollutants discharged into the sewage system may
    adversely  affect the performance  of the removal
    systems in the sewage treatment plant.

•   Pollutants discharged into the sewage system may
    contaminate the treatment plant's residuals (sludge),
    making sludge disposal more difficult and expen-
    sive.

For  all these reasons,  sewage treatment plants may
require companies to control pollutants beyond the level
required under the national pretreatment standards.
                                                  32

-------
Sludge Disposal Regulations and Programs

Sewage treatment plants generate residual sludge in
their wastewater purification processes. Over the past
two  decades, regulations have  been  issued under
several different statutes that directly impact various
sludge use and disposal practices. Under Section 405
of the Clean Water Act, EPA is required to regulate the
use and disposal of these sludges. EPA is currently
developing new comprehensive technical regulations
governing five major sludge use and  disposal prac-
tices:  (1)  incineration, (2) landfilling  in sludge-only
landfills (co-disposal of sludge with municipal solid
waste is covered  under EPA's solid waste program),
(3) land application, (4) distribution and marketing, and
(5) surface disposal.

The new sewage sludge regulations were proposed for
public comment  in February 1989  (FR 54:5746,
February 6,  1989). These proposed  standards set
limits on the  concentration of  many contaminants in
sludge for each disposal practice. The  pollutant limits
for most of these disposal methods are based on EPA's
health risk assessment of the various contaminant
transport pathways. For disposal methods that do not
have a significant impact on human health  (e.g., non-
agricultural land application) and for pathogen control
requirements,  EPA has proposed maximum  con-
taminant levels that are not based on a detailed human
health risk assessment.

Other Sewage Treatment Plant Programs

To encourage the environmentally sound functioning of
sewage treatment plants, EPA operates a  number of
research and grant programs. These programs cover:

•   Fate of toxics in wastewater treatment/sludge dis-
    posal practices.

•   Advancements and  improvements  to wastewater
    treatment and sludge management practices.

•   Health risks of wastewater and sludge management
    practices.

•   Combined sewer and stormwater control alterna-
   tives.

•   Useofwetlandsandothernaturalsystemsforwastewaler
   treatment.

•  A number of other wastewater treatment and sludge
   use and disposal topics.
4.1.6  Other Clean Water Act Programs

EPAand the States operate a number of programs aimed
at addressing the particular pollution problems of lakes,
estuaries, oceans, and bays.
    Lakes - Each State must submit to  EPA every 2
    years a report on the status and trends of its lake
    water quality,  including a  list  of impaired and
    threatened publicly owned lakes, and a description
    of the methods and procedures to be used to control
    sources of pollution, to restore lake quality, and to
    mitigate the harmful effects of high activity. EPA, in
    turn, must submit a Report to  Congress every 2
    years on lake quality throughout the nation. EPA
    provides limited grant assistance to States  for
    programs to improve/protect lake quality. EPA also
    operates, in conjunction with Canada, a program to
    improve the quality of the Great Lakes.

    Estuaries - EPA  participates, along with several
    other agencies,  in a number of programs to study,
    monitor, and improve the quality of the nation's es-
    tuaries. This includes a nationwide study of pollution
    problems in coastal areas, including an assessment
    of  pollutant concentrations, marine ecology, and
    other environmental parameters. The Agency is also
    developing management programs to improve the
    quality of selected estuaries. These  programs  in-
    clude recommended corrective  action and com-
    pliance schedules to control both point and nonpoint
    sources of pollution.

    Oceans - Under the NPDES program, EPA and the
    States control the discharges of offshore sources of
    pollution, such as oil and gas platforms. Under Section
    403(c) of  the act,  EPA promulgates guidelines (i.e.,
    ocean discharge criteria) for determining the effect of
    pollution discharges on ocean water quality and other
    esthetic, recreational, and economic values of the
    oceans. No permit for an ocean discharge can be issued
    unless it is determined that the discharge will not cause
    unreasonable degradation of the environment.

    Chesapeake Bay Program  - EPA is working with
    States  contiguous to the  Chesapeake  Bay to
    develop a program that  coordinates Federal and
    State efforts to improve the quality of the bay.
4.2    Program Organization

EPA's Office of Water (OW) oversees the surface water
quality programs described in Section 4.1. The headquarters
office in Washington D.C. develops national regulations and
oversees State programs. States and EPA Regional offices
are involved extensively in setting water quality standards
and in permitting. Five offices within the Office of Water
(Figure 4-1) are involved in surface water programs:

•  Office of the Assistant Administrator

•  Office of Water Regulations and Standards

•  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits

•  Office of Municipal Pollution Control

•  Office of Marine and Estuarine Programs
                                                 33

-------
 Figure 4-1. Organizational Chart for Office of Water
  Assistant Administrator
  LaJuana Wilcher
  (202) 382-5700
  Office of Water
  Regulations and
  Standards
  Martha G. Protho
  (202) 382-5400
  Office of Water
  Enforcement and
  Permits
  James R. Elder
  (202) 475-8488
  Office of Municipal
  Pollution Control
  Michael J. Quigley
  (202) 382-5850
  Office of Marine and
  Estuarine Protection
  Tudor T. Davies
  (202)382-7166
Oversees EPAsurface water
quality, drinking water, and
ground-water programs.
Devebps  national regula-
tions including  effluent
guidelines regulatbns,
sludge  use and disposal
regulations,  and pretreat-
ment standards.
Reviews and  approves
State NPDES  programs
and  major State  permits.
Issues permits in States
that  dp not have NPDES
authority and in Federal off-
shore areas.
Directs programs related to
sewage treatment plants
including the Construction
Grants Program, the State
Revolving  Fund program,
and technical assistance
and grant programs.
Oversees  programs  for
protection of marine waters,
lakes, bays, and estuaries.
To illustrate the functioning of the Office of Water, the role
of each office in the following three regulatory activities
is described below:

•   Development of water quality criteria.

•   Development of sludge disposal criteria.

•   NPDES permitting.


4.2.1  Development of Water Quality Criteria

The Criteria and Standards Division  (CSD) within the
Office  of Water  Regulations  and Standards (OWRS)
develops water quality  criteria  and the supporting
documentation. As explained  in Section 4.1.3, Criteria
Documents  provide estimates of acceptable pollutant
limits to protect aquatic life and human health. EPA's
Environmental Research Laboratories in Duluth,  Min-
nesota, and Narragansett, Rhode Island, support CSD
in developing freshwater and saltwater criteria, respec-
tively, to protect aquatic life. The Environmental Criteria
and Assessment Office (ECAO) in Cincinnati supports
CSD in developing human health criteria.

The Duluth and Narragansett laboratories develop water
quality criteria based on procedures set forth in a docu-
ment entitled "Guidelines for Deriving Numerical Nation-
al Water Quality Criteria for the Protection of Aquatic
Organisms and Their Uses." The guidelines specify the
information required to establish criteria including acute
and chronic animal toxicity,  plant toxicity, bioaccumula-
tion, and other data. Criteria writers must:

•   Conduct literature searches to determine the data
    available.

•   Assess the qualitative and quantitative adequacy of
    the data with respect to the guidelines.

•   Conduct additional tests to supply missing data.

•   Using formulas in the guidelines, derive estimated
    aquatic criteria and supporting documentation.

The human health section of the Criteria Documents are
developed by ECAO using a guidance document entitled
"Human Health Water Quality  Criteria  Guidelines."
ECAO performs a literature review and identifies data
gaps. ECAO's health  risk assessment  results are
reviewed  by the  RfD Working  Group (for noncancer
endpoints) and the Cancer Risk Assessment Verification
Endeavor (for cancer endpoints). Following this review,
ECAO drafts the human health sections of the document
for incorporation by CSD.

Once both the aquatic and human health criteria have
been derived, CSD reviews the information and compiles
a draft criteria document. This draft is peer reviewed by
the Science Advisory Board prior to publication. After the
review is  completed, EPA publishes the criteria in the
Federal Register. CSD reviews and responds to public
comments, with the labs assisting as necessary, before
publishing final criteria.
                              4.2.2   Development of Sludge Disposal Criteria

                              CSD also develops EPA's municipal wastewater sludge
                              use  and disposal regulations. In most national technol-
                              ogy-based regulations,  the Industrial Technology
                              Division (ITD) within OWRS takes the lead role. The
                              sludge  disposal criteria, however, are  risk-based and
                              were, therefore, developed in CSD because the latter is
                              more typically involved in risk-related programs.

                              CSD developed the sludge disposal regulations with the
                              assistance of several other groups within the Agency.
                                                   34

-------
1. CSD, with the assistance of ECAO in Cincinnati,
developed risk assessment models to determine the
health impact of pollutants introduced into the en-
vironment through all sludge use and disposal path-
ways.

2. Using the risk assessment models, CSD determined
the maximum concentration of contaminants in sludge
for each disposal method that would result in an accept-
able level of risk.

3. Based on draft regulations, the Economic Analysis
Branch (EAB) with the Analysis and Evaluation Division
of OWRS performed a draft regulatory impact assess-
ment (RIA).

4. The regulations were refined in an interactive process
involving CSD and EAB. The Office of Water Enforce-
ment and  Permits reviewed the draft to determine its
enforceability.

5. The regulatory package was subject to Agency and
OMB review and issued as a proposed rule.

6. The proposed rule was subject to public comment
prior to issuance of a final rule, expected in October of
1991.
4.2.3  NPDES Permitting

The Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (OWEP)
administers the NPDES permitting program. For States
that do not have NPDES authority, the EPA Regional
office issues  NPDES  permits. EPA's  OWEP head-
quarters office reviews  and oversees State programs,
reviews major permits, and develops guidance informa-
tion for permit writers.

Most NPDES permitting consists of the reissuance of
existing permits rather than the  issuance of entirely
new permits.  (NPDES permits must be  renewed at
least every  5  years.)  The basic steps in permit is-
suance are:

1. The permittee fills out an application form which
specifies the location, intake and effluent characteristics,
and treatment technologies of the facility.

2. This form is  reviewed for completeness by the permit
writer. The permit writer may request additional informa-
tion from the permittee.

3. The permit writer develops permit limits using three
principal methods:

•   Effluent Guidelines - If the source is covered under
    national  emissions limitations,  these limits are in-
   cluded in the permit.
•   Water Quality Standards - Based on State water
    quality standards (as described in Section 4.1), the
    permit writer may require control of certain con-
    taminants or of  the toxicity of the whole effluent.
    These controls  may exceed  the requirements of
    applicable national effluent limitations. EPA Head-
    quarters has prepared and is currently reviewing
    technical support documents  to assist permit
    writers in water quality-based permitting. Material
    currently  under development will incorporate  a
    more explicit treatment of health effects issues in
    this process.

•   Best Professional Judgment (BPJ) - In the ab-
    sence of  effluent guidelines applicable to a given
    source, permit writers may develop technology-
    based requirements using their  best professional
    judgment. BPJ permitting may involve an economic
    feasibility determination.

4. Once the permit writer develops the applicable effluent
limitations, he/she sends the draft to  the applicant and
publishes the draft permit in a manner which notifies the
general public of the proposed activity.

5. The permit writer accepts comments from all inter-
ested persons.

6. The permit writer responds to comments and issues
the permit in final form.

7. Any person who has participated in the process has
the right to appeal the permit's conditions as being too
lenient or too stringent.
4.3    Health Research Needs

4.3.1  Introduction

The water quality program uses health research informa-
tion  in (1) establishing water quality criteria for open
water bodies, (2)  setting emissions limitations for in-
dustrial discharges, (3) listing priority pollutants,  (4)
generating various programmatic working lists, and (5)
setting limits for chemical and biological pollutants in
sludge for each use and disposal method. Additionally,
programs and criteria for lakes, bays, estuaries,  and
oceans are based in part on the effects of pollutants in
fish and shellfish.

Because of the large numbers of substances that must
be regulated under the Clean Water Act, there is consid-
erable need for a  steadily improving scientific base of
information. In addition to the Federal program needs
described above, States require health-related informa-
tion for developing water quality standards, setting  per-
mit limits,  and other activities.  Some  States have
developed  health-based standards for ground-water
protection.
                                                  35

-------
4.3.2  Major Research Categories

A. Hazard Identification

Hazard identification is a high priority for the water pro-
gram. Because of the large numbers of substances that
must be regulated, test methods that are inexpensive
and relatively quick to conduct (e.g., using species other
than rats and mice) are critically needed, including reli-
able shorter term test methods for field samples. OW
believes that these test methods (even if only partially
validated) would still be useful for screening purposes
because of the  complex nature and magnitude of the
emissions that must be regulated. In addition, due to the
decentralized nature of the regulated sources and the
large numbers of individual emitters whose emissions
vary from day to day, the water program critically needs
hazard identification  methods that can be applied to
effluent emissions on a localized basis.

Hazard identification methods are needed to cover all
important toxicologic endpoints. Currently, cancer-re-
lated endpoints are overemphasized. Gaps in research
concerning short-term tests for all noncancer endpoints
need  to be addressed. Cardiovascular  toxicity was
specifically cited as one important research area.

While test methods are being developed, the use of
structure-activity relationship (SAR) methods to assess
various toxicologic endpoints should be validated. The
benefits and  feasibility of  SAR in generating or sup-
plementing other types of  health research information
can then be evaluated.

B. Dose Response

Dose-response issues are a high priority for the water
program because of the large numbers of pollutants
that  must be regulated and the unevenness of the
overall health research data base. Major emphasis
should be placed on validating assumptions used in
extrapolation. Research is needed to reduce scientific
uncertainties and to better characterize variability
among various  parameters  for toxic actions.  While
fine-tuning of pharmacokinetic data is not seen  as
having immediate benefit for regulatory activities,
some research  in this area would be helpful in deter-
mining which target organs are at risk.

C. Exposure Assessment

Exposure assessment is of medium priority to the water
program, which has less need for this information than
other EPA programs.

D. Chemical-Specific Information

The water program must regulate approximately 500
chemicals from the  National Sewage Sludge Survey.
Because of the  large number of pollutants, the Health
Effects Research Laboratosy  (HERL) may need to
generate health research information for specific chemi-
cals to fill data gaps. However, many of these chemicals
are also on lists from other EPA programs, so consider-
able health research information is expected to al-
ready exist. For this reason, the need for health re-
search information on specific chemicals is relatively
low; however, research will be a high priority for some
chemicals.
4.3.3  Cross-Cutting Categories

A. Biological Markers

Biological markers are a low research priority for the
water program because  they are viewed as a tool for
performing exposure assessments. However, research
to develop biomarkers of  effect for whole-animal studies
would be useful. If a biomarker seen early in a study is
found to  predict the later development of certain toxic
endpoints, it might be possible to shorten the length of
the current tests.  This research activity could be  con-
ducted as a part  of new test method development  or
experimental protocols.

B. Pollutant Mixtures

Pollutant mixtures is the single most important health
research area for the water program. This program
must address risk issues for approximately 1,200 syn-
thetic organic chemicals from 60 chemical families.
Since there are  only 400 or  so chemical analysis
methods for pollutants,  in  many cases, the specific
chemicals being  emitted cannot be determined.  In
addition, the type and relative proportion of pollutants
in water bodies change  continuously.  For these
reasons, a chemical-by-chemical approach to testing
cannot guarantee  sufficient  health protection.
Likewise, the assumptions in the mixtures guidelines,
which rely on data from individual chemicals, will lead
to an excessively narrow approach. New methods for
testing the  health effects of chemical  mixtures are
critically  needed, particularly short, simple tests that
can be done in the field  on a daily basis.

A tiered  approach for assessing health effects from
chemical mixtures should be considered. This approach
could integrate information  from both  new short-term
screening tests and standard chemical-specific whole-
animal studies. Health research  would be needed  to
provide scientific support for activities in each tier and
the critical path.

A tiered approach would benefit the water program sub-
stantially. For example, if the first tier results indicated
that  controls should be  imposed on an industry, but
economic analysis showed that the control cost would be
prohibitive, additional tiered tests could be done, includ-
ing biofractionation and  chemical analysis.  If a small
number of the many compounds present are identified
as having the greatest toxicologic risks, then industry and
the water program can focus on strategies for removing
these for a fraction of the cost of removing the whole
effluent. These types of  strategies can foster effective
environmental and public health protection  while mini-
mizing economic impacts.
                                                  36

-------
The rationale for a tiered system depends on a strong
health research base. The methods should be validated
and the usefulness of SAR data for tiered decision-
making should be explored.

C. Human Data

The generation of human data is a low priority for the
water program.  Regulation  of the large  numbers of
chemical pollutants over the next  few years will rely
overwhelmingly on  existing  research information and
whatever additional animal and short-term test data be-
come available. In general, the long time frames neces-
sary for obtaining human epidemiologic data make these
methods impractical for the water program needs.
4.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

Emerging health  research needs are primarily in the
areas of methods development for  chemical mixtures
and development of scientifically valid tiered strategies
for identifying and characterizing toxic risks. A related
need is for new and improved protocols for single chemi-
cals  to provide a more complete scientific base for as-
sessing health risks. Because of the large number of
pollutants that will require regulation overthe next few
years, more rapid development of Rf Ds will be a critical
need.
Table 4-3   Important Health Research Needs and
           Their Relative Priorities for the Water
           Quality Program
Research Needs
Relative Priorities
1. Hazard Identification

2. Dose Response

3. Exposure Assessment

4. Chemical-Specific Information

5. Biological Markers

6. Pollutant Mixtures

7. Human Data
       xxx

       xxx

       xx

       x

       x

       xxx

       x
x - Low priority
xx - Medium priority
xxx - High priority
4.3.5   Summary

The  research priorities of the water program are sum-
marized in Table 4-3. The highest priority health research
needs for the water program are pollutant mixtures,
hazard identification, and dose response. Of medium
priority is exposure assessment. The lowest priorities for
this program are biological  markers, human data, and
chemical-specific information.
                                                   37

-------
                                          SECTION FIVE

                                    THE PESTICIDE PROGRAM
5.1     Program Description

5.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
        Program Area

EPA's program to  regulate the distribution and use of
pesticides is authorized under the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). Under this pro-
gram, pesticide companies must submit to EPA informa-
tion  on the toxicity, residue chemistry, environmental
fate, and other environmental characteristics of each
pesticide product.  EPA evaluates the information and
determines whether  each  pesticide is  free  of un-
reasonable adverse effects and, therefore, should be
registered (i.e., licensed) for use  and, if so, whether to
place any safeguards  or restrictions on such use. The
pesticide program, therefore, is essentially a licensing
program.

Pesticides have been regulated at the Federal  level
since the Insecticide Act of 1910  [36 Stat.  331 (1910)].
The  FIFRA law was originally passed in 1947 and was
amended in 1972, 1975, 1978, 1980, and 1988. The
most recent amendments and associated regulations
require manufacturers to submit more extensive testing
data than previously required. EPA not only evaluates
and  registers  new pesticides, but also requires that
previously registered pesticides be "reregistered" to en-
sure that they meet all the current FIFRA requirements.

Typically, EPA grants the registration and specifies the
labeling that must  accompany the pesticide to ensure
safe use. Some pesticides, however, appear to pose an
unacceptable level of risk.  In these cases, EPA may
institute a "special review" procedure to determine
whether to prohibit or restrict distribution and use of the
substance. In extreme cases, EPA can implement emer-
gency  suspension procedures to  take a hazardous
product off the market.

The following discussion describes EPA's pesticide pro-
gram in five sections:

•  Section 5.1.2  describes the substances covered
   under the pesticide program.

•  Section 5.1.3 describes the registration process for
   new pesticides.

•  Section 5.1.4 describes the program to reregister
   previously registered pesticides.
    Section 5.1.5 describes the Special Review process
    used to evaluate pesticides that may present human
    health or environmental problems.

    Section 5.1.6 describes the regulations and restric-
    tions placed on pesticides that are registered for use,
    and other elements of the program.
5.1.2   Coverage of the Pesticide Program

FIFRA identifies four broad categories of substances for
regulatory coverage:

•   Pesticides - Substances or mixtures of substances
    that prevent, destroy, or mitigate any pest. (The term
    "pest" refers to insects, rodents,  nematodes, fungi,
    weeds, viruses, bacteria, and other microorganisms
    that do not live in or on living humans or animals.)

•   Plant Regulators - Substances that retard,  ac-
    celerate,  or otherwise alter through physiological
    action the rate of growth, maturation, or behavior of
    a plant.

•   Defoliants - Substances that cause leaves or foliage
    to drop off a plant.

•   Deslccants - Substances that artificially accelerate
    the drying of plant tissue.

In the following discussions, all these  substances  are
referred to as "pesticides."

Each pesticide product contains one or more  "active
ingredients" that bring about its  intended function.  For
example, the  active ingredient in a defoliant is the sub-
stance that causes the plant's leaves to fall off. Each
product also  typically contains a number of inert in-
gredients (e.g., solvents). FIFRA refers to a pesticide's
active ingredients in specifying applicable requirements.

Rereglstratlon. Pesticides containing active ingredients
first  registered prior to November 1,  1984,  must be
reregistered in accordance with the 1988 FIFRA amend-
ments.  Exceptions to this  are  pesticides that were
evaluated between November 1,  1984, and December
24,1988 (the effective date of the 1988 amendments),
and were found to meet all data, safety, and performance
requirements  for registration. Approximately 600 active
ingredients present in 35,000 pesticides are covered in
the reregistration program.
                                                  39

-------
Registration.  The registration program covers  the
review of  applications to register new  products or to
amend registrations.  If the product is identical or sub-
stantially similar to (e.g., has the same active ingredient
as) an existing pesticide, the registration process may be
expedited, and the requirements to generate new testing
data may  be reduced. In a typical year, EPA registers
approximately 10 to 15  new  active ingredients  and
processes thousands of  "me too" applications  and
amendments (i.e., applications for products with the
same active ingredients as products that had been ap-
proved previously).
5.1.3   Registration of Pesticides

The procedures for registering new pesticides are out-
lined in Section 3 of FIFRA. Each applicant must file a
statement that provides:

•   The name and address of the applicant.

•   The name of the pesticide.

•   A complete copy of the labeling for the pesticide, a
    statement of all claims made for it, and any directions
    for use.

•   A full description of the tests and test results made
    for the pesticide, or, alternatively, a citation to data
    that have appeared in the literature  or have been
    submitted previously to EPA.

If the pesticide has a new active ingredient, EPA must
publish a Federal Register Notice informing the public
of the application. The Notice must provide for a 30-day
period during which interested parties may comment.

Data Submission Requirements

To support a registration application, EPA may require as
many as 150 different technical studies and data submis-
sions.  FIFRA gives EPA a great deal of  authority to
require industry to conduct tests and submit the results
to the Agency. The testing data required for a pesticide
registration are described in 40 CFR158. For each of six
general use patterns (terrestrial, aquatic, greenhouse,
forestry, domestic outdoor, indoor), the regulations iden-
tify the types of information that might be required,
including:

•   Data on product chemistry - These include infor-
    mation on product composition and  chemical and
    physical  characteristics (e.g., color, odor,  physical
    state, stability, corrosion, dielectric breakdown volt-
    age).

•   Data on residue chemistry  - These  are used to
    estimate the exposure of the general population to
    pesticide residues  in food, and to set and enforce
    tolerances for pesticide residues in food or feed. The
    data required may include the chemical identity and
composition of the pesticide product; the amounts,
frequency, and times of pesticide application; and
test results on the amount of residues remaining in
or on the treated food or feed.

Data on environmental fate - Environmental fate
studies  are conducted to obtain data on pesticide
degradation, mobility, dissipation, and accumulation.
These studies are used to assess toxicity to humans
of pesticide residues remaining after application; the
presence of pesticides in the environment that may
result in loss of usable land,  surface water, ground
water, and wildlife resources; and the potential en-
vironmental exposure of nontarget organisms, such
as fish and wildlife, to pesticides. These studies also
are used to estimate the expected  environmental
concentrations  of  pesticides in  specific habitats
where threatened or endangered  species or other
wildlife populations at risk are found.

Data on hazards to humans and domestic
animals - These data are used to assess the health
hazards of pesticides to humans and domestic animals.
They may include data from acute studies, subchronic
studies, chronic feeding studies, teratogenicity and
reproduction studies,  mutagenicity studies, on-
cogenicity studies, and metabolism studies.

Data on reentry hazards - These data are used to
assess the hazards to farm employees from reentry
into areas treated with pesticides. The required data
may include information on toxicity, residue dissipa-
tion, and  human  exposure. Monitoring data
generated during  exposure  studies are used  to
develop reentry intervals and to determine the quan-
tity of pesticide to which people may  be exposed
after application.

Pesticide spray  drift  evaluations -  These  data
include  droplet  size spectrum and spray drift field
evaluations. They are used to develop the overall
exposure estimate and  to  assess the potential
hazard  of pesticides to humans, fish,  and wildlife.
These data are also used to determine the need for
(and appropriate wording of) precautionary labeling
to minimize potential harm to nontarget organisms.

Data on hazards to nontarget organisms - These
data are drawn from short-term studies (acute and
subacute), reproduction studies, simulated  field
studies, and full field studies. They are used  to
determine the effects of pesticides on birds, mam-
mals, fish, terrestrial and aquatic invertebrates, and
plants. These data also help determine the need for
precautionary labeling to minimize potential adverse
effects to these organisms.

Data on product performance - Data on product
performance may be required to ensure that a pes-
ticide will control the pests listed on the product label.
                                                   40

-------
  A special section of 40 CFR  158 describes the data
  requirements for microbial pesticides. This category of
  pesticides includes genetically engineered organisms
  that entail qualitatively different risks than other pes-
  ticides.

  Because of the large volume of information that must be
  generated and processed under the pesticide registra-
  tion program, EPA has published a number of guidance
  documents for industry applicants and EPA reviewers.
  These documents include:

  •   Guidelines and protocols for the testing required
     under FIFRA.

  •   Guidelines for reporting the data.

  •   Standard procedures for EPA review of the data.

  EPA Evaluation of the Data

  EPA evaluates the test data as expeditiously as possible.
  The Agency's lexicologists and other scientists review
  the test data in  accordance with EPA's standardized
  evaluation procedures. EPA approves the registration of
 the pesticide if:

 •   Its composition warrants the claims made for it.

 •   Its labeling and other requisite material comply with
     FIFRA.

 •   It will perform its intended function  without un-
     reasonable adverse effects on the environment.

 •   When used  in accordance with widespread and
     commonly recognized practice, it will not generally
     cause unreasonable adverse effects on the environ-
     ment.

 The phase "unreasonable adverse effects  on the en-
 vironment" is  defined  in FIFRA to mean "any un-
 reasonable risk to man or the environment taking into
 account economic, social, and environmental costs and
 benefits of the use of the pesticides.'' Thus, EPA must
 evaluate the human health and environmental risks as-
 sociated with the use of the  pesticide, the costs of
 restricting or controlling the substance, and the benefits
 of use.

 The Agency has not published explicit guidance, nor is
 there an established legal precedent, that defines the
 level of risk considered  acceptable under FIFRA. In
 practice, a risk of  10"4 to 10* from dietary exposure is a
 cause  for concern, and initiates consideration of
 methods by the Agency to  reduce the  risk, such as
 limitations on use or denial of registration. Such limita-
tions might include restrictions on the crops on which the
pesticide can be applied, restrictions on the application
rate, or requirements that all applicators of the product
be certified.
 In evaluating the data submitted for a  new pesticide
 registration, or in conjunction with a number of scientific
 decisions under FIFRA, EPA may request assistance
 from the  FIFRA Science  Advisory  Panel. This panel
 consists of 7 members appointed by the EPA from a list
 of 12 nominees (6 nominated by the National Institute of
 Health and 6 nominated by the National Science Foun-
 dation). In general, the panel serves to advise, comment
 on, and peer review the scientific underpinnings of the
 Agency's decisions. For some decisions, such as the
 cancellation or denial of a registration, input from the
 Science Advisory Panel is required.

 Tolerances

 As part of the evaluation  of applications,  EPA sets a
 "tolerance" for food-use pesticides. A tolerance is an
 amount or concentration of the pesticide residue on food
 that will not pose excessive risk.  EPA's authority to set
 tolerances is found within the Federal Food, Drug,  and
 Cosmetic Act (FFDCA). Section 408 of that law provides
 the authority for setting tolerances for pesticide residues
 on raw agricultural commodities. Pesticides that con-
 centrate in processed food are covered under Section
 409.

 Section 408 stipulates that tolerances be set at  levels
 deemed necessary to protect the public health, while
 taking into account the need for "an  adequate,
 wholesome, and economical food supply." Section  408
 thus explicitly acknowledges  the  need to compare
 benefits and risks in setting raw commodity tolerances.
 In contrast, Section 409 prohibits the setting of toleran-
 ces for chemicals that induce tumors in  humans or
 animals. EPA interprets this provision to allow the setting
 of tolerances when risks are negligible.

 Product Registration

 After the evaluation process is  complete, EPA may
 register the pesticide for one or more uses. The registra-
 tion provides the terms and conditions under which the
 pesticide can be used. The registration specifies a num-
 ber of requirements, including:

 •   The types of crops for which the pesticide may be
    used.

 •   Whether applicators must be certified (i.e., permitted
    to  use  "restricted use"  pesticides  by virtue of
    demonstrated skill or training).

 •   For worker protection, minimum time periods follow-
    ing application during which workers may not  enter
    a treated area without protective clothing, and  re-
    quirements for protective clothing during application
    of the product.

•   Rate and frequency of application.

•   Regional restrictions,  including requirements to
    protect endangered species.
                                                  41

-------
•   Labeling and precautionary statements required to
    accompany the package, and other packaging re-
    quirements.

Denial of Registration

EPA may deny an application for registration if a review
of data demonstrates that the use of the pesticide would
present an unreasonable risk. In practice, problems that
become evident during data evaluations for a new pes-
ticide are generally handled through restrictions on use
or, in some cases, withdrawal of the application.

Experimental Use Permits and Exemptions

The EPA registration program also includes the following
permits and exemptions:

•   Experimental Use  Permits - EPA may issue a
    permit to allow limited use of a pesticide, if such use
    is necessary to develop information required for the
    normal registration process. EPA or the States strict-
    ly supervise such use, and may revoke the permit if
    conditions are not met  or environmental  concerns
    arise.

•   Emergency Exemptions  - Under Section  18 of
    Fl FRA, EPA may allow use of a pesticide without the
    normal registration  and tolerances if emergency
    conditions exist (e.g., mite problems due to the 1988
    drought). States request the emergency exemption.

•   Special Local Needs Exemptions - Under Section
    24(c) of FIFRA, States may authorize the application
    of  a pesticide for uses not included in the current
     registration if required because of special local con-
    ditions. Such exemptions, which are subject to EPA
     approval, may be granted only for: (1) pesticides for
    which a tolerance has been published  under the
     FDCA; (2) uses that had not been previously denied,
     disapproved, or canceled by the EPA; and (3) cur-
     rently registered pesticides.
 5.1.4   Registration of Existing Pesticides

 Phase 1:  Identification of Active Ingredients. The
 1988 FIFRA amendments mandated a five-phase pro-
 gram to reregister existing pesticides. In Phase 1, which
 was completed during the first 10 months of 1989, EPA
 published lists of  the active ingredients subject to
 reregistration.

 Phase 2:   Initial Response by Registrants. In  this
 phase, registrants who distribute or sell pesticides with
 active ingredients on the EPA lists must inform EPA of
 their intention to seek reregistration. Registrants seeking
 reregistration must:

 •  Compare the data submitted in their current registra-
    tion with the requirements of 40 CFR  158,  and
    identify missing or inadequate data needed to sup-
    port reregistration.
•   Agree to supply the missing or supplement inade-
    quate data within prescribed deadlines.

•   Pay the first portion of the reregistration fee.

If none of the registrants for pesticides containing a
specific active ingredient listed in Phase 1 provide the
information required during  Phase 2, the Agency will
cancel the registration of all  pesticides containing that
active ingredient within 3 months of its appearance on
EPA's list. In  such cases,  EPA must first publish a
Notice of Intent to Cancel. Following a 60-day waiting
period, EPA may then issue a final order canceling the
registration of all pesticides containing that active in-
gredient.

Phase 3:  Initial Data  Submission by Registrants.
During Phase 3 of the reregistration program, firms seek-
ing to reregister pesticides must:

•   Summarize and reformat existing studies of their
    pesticide to facilitate EPA review.

•   Certify that they possess or have access to raw data
    supporting these studies.

•   Inform EPA specifically of any studies showing ad-
    verse effects.

•   Pay the final portion of the reregistration fee.

These activities must be completed within 1 year of
publication of the Phase 1 list on which the active in-
gredient appears. As in Phase 2. EPA may cancel the
registration of all pesticides containing active ingredients
for which the Phase 3 requirements are not complied with
within the prescribed time period.

Phase 4: EPA Identification of Data Gaps. In Phase
4, EPA reviews the  data submitted  during Phase 2 and
Phase 3. EPA identifies the data gaps and issues require-
ments for registrants to fill those data gaps. These ac-
tivities will occur 2 to 4 years after  enactment of  the
FIFRA amendments (1990 through  1992).

Phase 5: Final Data Submission and EPA Review. In
Phase 5, which takes place in years 3 through 9 (ap-
proximately 1991 through 1997) following enactment,
EPA will conduct a comprehensive examination of all
data submitted to support pesticide reregistrations. EPA
must determine whether use of the pesticide presents an
unreasonable risk (i.e., risks  exceed benefits). Based on
its review, EPA will initiate  the appropriate regulatory
action. The Agency  may elect to continue the registration
of the pesticide unchanged. If EPA's review indicates that
continued use of the pesticide may cause unreasonable
risks, the Agency may conduct a  Special Review,  as
described below.
                                                   42

-------
5.1.5  Special Review, Cancellation, and
       Suspension

EPA's  Special  Review procedures are initiated after
evaluation of data supplied for reregistration. In theory,
the Special Review procedures also can be used in
reviewing a new pesticide application. A Special Review
is started if the Agency determines that the pesticide may
present an unreasonable risk, including:

•   A risk of serious acute injury to humans or domestic
    animals.

•   A risk of inducing in humans an oncogenic, heritable
    genetic, teratogenic, fetotoxic,  or reproductive ef-
    fect, or a chronic or delayed toxic effect.

•   Risks to nontarget organisms (e.g., acute or chronic
    toxicity or adverse reproductive effects).

•   A risk to an endangered species.

•   Destruction of an endangered species habitat.

•   A risk to humans or the environment sufficiently large to
    merit a determination of whether its benefits exceed its
    risks.

Once EPA determines that a Special Review should be
initiated,  the Agency follows procedures set forth in 40
CFR 154.  The Agency  must first  send a confidential
certified  letter to the registrant(s)  that describes the
information supporting the decision. The registrant has
30 days to respond to the notification and dispute the
Agency's conclusions. The Agency must publish in the
Federal Register its final  decision on whether to  go
forward with a Special Review and  the reasons for that
decision. Approximately 20  pesticides are in Special
Review at any given time.

To make  an informed decision in a Special Review, EPA
thoroughly evaluates the risks and  benefits of the pes-
ticide. This evaluation includes acute and chronic effects;
the exposure potential for farm workers, bystanders, and
consumers of affected food products; the benefits of
continued  use; and  potential mitigation  strategies to
reduce or eliminate risks.

Following the completion of its study and the receipt and
evaluation  of  comments from  interested  parties, the
Agency publishes a  preliminary notice in the Federal
Register of its decision. If the decision is to cancel, deny,
or change a pesticide's classification, the Agency must
take several additional steps:

•   Analyze the impact of the decision on the agricultural
    sector of the economy.

•   Send the proposed notice to the Secretary of Agricul-
    ture and to the Scientific Advisory Panel for com-
    ment.
•   Send the preliminary notice to all affected applicants
    and registrants.

Following the public comment period on the preliminary
notice, the Agency publishes its final determination. If the
final decision is to cancel a registration or to cancel a
registration unless certain changes in the use of the
product are made, the registrant may request a hearing
before an Administrative Law Judge.

Cancellation

The Agency may also issue a Notice of Intent to Cancel
a pesticide without going through the Special Review
process. Under this option, registrants are entitled to a
hearing before the use of the pesticide is prohibited.

Suspensions

In some cases, EPA may determine that an imminent
hazard presented by an existing pesticide requires im-
mediate action. In these cases, the Agency may issue
an order suspending some or all uses of the pesticide.
Under a suspension order, the registrant(s) has 5 days
to request a hearing. If the hearing is requested, it must
be held within 10 days. The presiding officer of the hearing
has 10  days to make a  recommendation to the EPA
Administrator, who then has 7 days to issue a final order.

If EPA determines that an emergency exists, it may issue
an  Emergency Order  suspending the use of the pes-
ticide. Hearings  and  reviews are held as  described
above; however,  the use of the pesticide is suspended
immediately. This remedy is taken under the most ex-
treme cases; EPA has used this option four times in the
history of the FIFRA program (once with 2,4,5-T, twice
with ethylene dibromide, and once with Dinoseb).
5.1.6   Ongoing Regulation and Monitoring of
        Pesticide Use by EPA and the States

As with many EPA programs, the Agency may delegate
to the  States the authority to administer the pesticide
program. In most programs, the States can issue more
stringent requirements than the Federal program. How-
ever, the pesticide program limits State latitude in some
respects. For example, a State's labeling and packaging
requirements cannot be different  from Federal rules.
Notwithstanding these limitations, many aspects of the
EPA pesticide program, such as inspection and enforce-
ment (for which 48 States have authority), are carried out
by the  States.

The following ongoing activities are carried out by the
States or EPA to ensure that pesticides are used in
accordance with their registration:

•   Applicator Certification and  Training  - For
    restricted use pesticides, applicators may be re-
    quired to fill out a form that attests to their qualifica-
    tions to apply the pesticide. The form may inquire
    whether the applicant has completed an appropriate
                                                   43

-------
    training program.  Neither the application nor the
    training program,  however, can require  a written
    examination. (See Section 11 of FIFRAand 40 CFR
    171 [under revision].)

•   Farm  Worker  Protection  - Requirements for
    programs to assure farm worker protection are pub-
    lished  as 40 CFR 170, which is  currently under
    revision. These requirements are designed to assure
    compliance with all aspects of pesticide registrations
    that affect farm  worker health, including protective
    clothing and reentry rules.

•   Inspection and Enforcement  - To assure proper
    use of pesticides, EPA or State officials may inspect
    facilities involved in the sale, distribution,  transport,
    storage, use, or disposal of pesticides or  their con-
    tainers. Violators  may  be subject to fines and/or
    criminal prosecution.

Another ongoing EPA activity  is  the implementation  of
surveys and the collection of monitoring information con-
cerning pesticide use and pesticide residues in air, water,
ground water, and human tissue. The Agency is currently
conducting a national survey of household pesticide use.
EPA is also developing a centralized data base containing
descriptive information about pesticide monitoring studies
conducted by government agencies, universities, and other
organizations. One purpose of these data collection efforts
is to provide information to EPA regulators to supplement
the data submissions of the registrants.
5.2    Program Organization

The pesticide program is managed by the Office of Pes-
ticide Programs (OPP) from EPA's Headquarters office in
Crystal City, Virginia. The major regulatory activities within
the  program (registration,  reregistration, and Special
Review) are carried out at the headquarters office. OPP,
which is part of the Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substan-
ces, consists of an Office Director and seven program
divisions, as shown schematically in Figure 5-1.

OPP employs a  matrix  management approach (i.e.,
several divisions may work together to carry out a given
regulatory function). The divisions are as follows:

•   Office Director

•   Program Management and Support Division

•   Registration Division

•   Reregistration and Special Review Division

•   Health Effects Division

•   Environmental Fate and Effects Division

•   Biological and Economic Analysis Division

•   Field Operations Division
Figure 5-1.    Organizational Chart for Office of
             Pesticide Programs (OPP)
Office Director
Douglas D. Campt
(202) 557-7090
Program
Management and
Support Division
Allan Abramson
(202) 557-2440
 Registration Division
 Ann Lindsay
 (202) 308-8000
 Reregistration and
 Special Review
 Division
 Edwin Tmsworth
 (202) 308-8000
 Health Effects
 Division
 Penelope Fenner-
 Crisp
 (202) 557-7351
 Environmental Fate
 and Effects Division
 Ann Barton
 (202) 557-7695
 Biological and
 Economic Analysis
 Division
 Allen Jennings
 (202) 557-0500
 Field Operations
 Division
 Steven Johnson
 (202)557-7410
Management of OPP; the
Policy and Special Projects
Office reports to the Director
and  analyzes continuing
policy issues (e.g.,definition
of "unreasonable risk,"
methodology for  setting
tolerances).
Overall  administration of
OPP, resource manage-
ment, and information ser-
vices.
Management of the new
pesticide  registration
process.
Management of the new
reregistration program and
Special Review activities.
Health effects evaluation in
support  of  registration,
reregistration, and Special
Review.
Evaluation of the transport,
fate, and environmental ef-
fects of pesticides in support
of registration, reregistration,
and Special Review.
Evaluation of the effective-
ness of pesticides and the
economic benefits of their
use in support of registration,
reregistration, and Special
Review.
 Public information and com-
 munications support for OPP;
 State program certification,
 training,  and occupational
 safety activities.
                                                      44

-------
 To illustrate the functioning of OPP, the role of each
 division is described below with respect to four major
 program activities:

 •   New product registration.

 •   Reregistration.

 •   Special Review.

 •   Development of test methods.


 5.2.1   New Product Registration

 The new product registration process, described in Sec-
 tion 5.1.3, is an example of OPP's matrix management
 approach.  The Registration Division  manages the
 evajuation of the product and is responsible for the
 decision to deny or approve the application. The three
 science divisions (i.e., the Health Effects Division, the
 Environmental Fate and Effects Division,  and the
 Biological and Economic Analysis Division) provide spe-
 cialized expertise and evaluations.

 The specific steps in the product registration process can
 be summarized as follows:

 1. A pesticide company develops a new product in its
 laboratory.

 2. The company tests the product in its laboratory and
 greenhouse and determines that the product is sufficient-
 ly promising to merit larger scale testing.

 3. The company applies for an Experimental Use Permit
 (EUP), which allows the pesticide to be tested in the field
 on up to 10,000 acres of land.

 4. The application is received and recorded by the Pro-
 gram Management and Support Division.

 5. A product manager is assigned in the Registration
 Division. The product manager maintains the official file
 for the product and oversees the evaluation of the pes-
 ticide.

 6. The product manager forwards the health effects data
 submitted with the EUP to the Health Effects Division.
 The  Health Effects Division assesses the risks of the
 pesticide for the period of use that would be  allowed
 under the EUP.

 7. The product manager forwards data to the Environ-
 mental Fate and Effects Division. The latter provides an
 evaluation of the environmental fate and  effects of the
 pesticide to  supplement  the  EUP  risk assessment
described in #6.

8. The Registration Division makes a decision to grant
or deny the EUP. If granted, the permit may incorporate
limitations on the use of the product (e.g., concentration,
 frequency, duration of use). The limitations may vary
 geographically.

 9. The company uses the product under the EUP and is
 encouraged by the results.

 10. The company conducts long-term, subchronic, and
 field tests to generate data required under 40 CFR 158
 (see Section 5.1.3). The company may need to apply for
 a second EUP in order to generate the requisite data.

 11. The company submits all testing data required under
 40 CFR 158 and a completed application, which includes
 the proposed labeling of the pesticide. At this point, 3 to
 5 years  may have elapsed since the original EUP ap-
 plication.

 12. The product manager determines the completeness
 of the data in conjunction with science teams in the three
 scientific support divisions.

 13. If the data are not complete, EPA informs the com-
 pany that the missing data must be submitted within 75
 days or the application is deemed withdrawn.

 14. The science divisions conduct an in-depth analysis
 of the  data.  The Health Effects Division performs a risk
 assessment. For new active ingredients, the risk assess-
 ment results are peer reviewed by the OPP Science
 Advisory Panel. A special assistant in the Director's office
 coordinates the work of the Science Advisory Panel.

 15.  The  Registration Division recommends  a final
 decision based  on input from  the science divisions,
 including the risk assessment conducted by the Health
 Effects Division and environmental fate and effects infor-
 mation provided by the Environmental Fate and Effects
 Division.

 16. The  Agency either grants  or denies the product
 registration.
 5.2.2   Reregistration

 The reregistration program, authorized under the 1988
 FIFRA amendments, is a five-phase process (see Sec-
 tion 5.1.4). Like new product registration, reregistration
 is a coordinated  effort involving several  program
 divisions.  Because the reregistration process required
 under the  1988 amendments has begun within the past
 year, however, the Agency's operating procedures are in
 a formative stage. The discussion that follows, therefore,
 describes  procedures that may change as the program
 evolves.

 The five-step reregistration prog ram is managed by
the Reregistration and Special Review Division (RSRD)
with support from the science divisions.

•   Phase 1:  Identification of Active Ingredients  -
    RSRD has developed four lists of active ingredients
                                                  45

-------
   to be regulated under the reregistration program.
   The lists indicate the priority of the substances based
   on factors such as their prevalence in food and/or
   ground water. Lists B, C, and D must be addressed
   in accordance with fixed schedules; list A consists of
   substances that the Agency will evaluate, but has not
   established a fixed schedule for. The  science
   divisions provide support  to RSRD in establishing
   the priority lists.

   Phase 2: Initial Response by Registrants - In
   Phase 2, registrants must  identify missing data,
   agree to supply missing data, and pay the  first part
   of their fee. To review these submissions, RSRD will
   probably assign  product  or active  ingredient
   managers. RSRD initiates a procedure to cancel the
   registration if Phase 2 submissions are not received.
   In the Federal Register Notice of Cancellation,
   RSRD gives parties other than the  registrant a
   chance to support the registration.

   Phase 3: Initial Data Submission - In the initial
   data submission phase, registrants must summarize
   and  reformat existing data (according to specifica-
   tions published in the Federal Register by RSRD),
   certify that they have  supporting information, and
   commit to supplying missing data. If registrants do
   not make an effort  in good faith to supply the infor-
   mation at this point, RSRD will cancel the  registra-
   tion.

   Phase 4: Identification of Data Gaps - In Phase
   4, EPAcompares the data submissions of registrants
   to the requirements of 40 CFR158. RSRD manages
   this process with input from the science divisions in
   their areas of expertise.  RSRD requires that
   registrants submit the missing data or face cancella-
   tion of their product.

   Phase 5: Final Data Submission and Review by
   EPA - In Phase 5, EPA reviews the complete data
   submission and determines whether the  products
   are free of unreasonable  adverse  effects.  Like the
   new product registration process, the Health Effects
   Division  develops  the risk  assessment using ex-
   posure information developed by the Environmental
   Fate and Effects Division. RSRD may recommend
   that the Agency grant the reregistration.  If RSRD
   suspects that the product may present unreasonable
   risk, or that the risks exceed the benefits, a Special
   Review may be initiated.
5.2.3  Special Review

Special Review may be initiated, as described above,
based on information received or analyses performed
during a  reregistration. In addition, the Agency may
initiate a Special Review at any other time it encounters
evidence that a product may present unreasonable risk.
RSRD manages the Special Review process with the
support of the science divisions.
Once a concern arises based on toxicological and ex-
posure information received by the Agency, EPA estab-
lishes an internal consensus that there is a good reason
to believe that the risks associated with the substance
exceed the benefits. This initial analysis is managed by
RSRD with assistance from the science divisions. Unlike
the normal reregistration or registration decisions, the
Biological and Economic Analysis Division conducts a
formal benefits assessment  as part of the Special
Review. At the  initial  stage,  the  benefits assessment
would not be completed, but enough information would
be available to determine preliminarily that the risks of
the substance exceed the benefits.

Once EPA's internal consensus has been generated,
RSRD confidentially informs the registrant that there is a
problem. The registrant has 30 days to respond to the
confidential letter.  If  no information is received that dis-
proves the  Agency's initial conclusions, the Agency
proceeds to finalize and publish Position Documents #1,
#2, and #3. These documents present (1) toxicological
information  verifying the risks of the substance
(developed by the Health Effects Division), (2) exposure
information  documenting the  extent  of  exposure
(developed  by  the Environmental  Fate and Effects
Division),  and  (3)  completed benefits assessment
(developed by the  Biological and Economic Analysis
Division) stating that either the risks exceed the benefits
or the risks exceed the benefits unless changes are
made in the  use of the product.

Position Documents #1, #2, and #3 are published in the
Federal Register followed by a 60-day comment period.
The registrant again may attempt to rebut the Agency's
position. Following  the comment period, the Agency
publishes  Position Document #4. If Position Document
#4 affirms the Agency's decision to cancel the registra-
tion, the registrant may appeal to an Administrative Law
Judge. The Judge's decision can be appealed to the EPA
Administrator who makes the final decision.
 5.2.4   Development of Test Methods

 Test methods and protocols are developed primarily
 within the science division responsible for a particular
 type of test information. For example, tests aimed at
 determining human health effects are developed by the
 Health  Effects  Division.  The  activities involved in
 developing a test method take place primarily within the
 division.

 When the Health Effects Division is authorized by the
 Office  Director to develop a new test method, a staff
 person within the Health Effects Division is assigned to
 manage the project. The project  manager directs the
 personnel and/or consultant resources used to develop
 the test method and protocol. After receiving comments
 from within the division, the proposed test method is
 reviewed by the FIFRA Science Advisory Panel. Follow-
 ing that  review, the test method may be published for
 comment in the Federal Register.
                                                  46

-------
 5.3    Health Research Needs

 5.3.1   Introduction

 The registration,  reregistration, and Special  Review
 processes require substantial health-related informa-
 tion. In addition to evaluating ecotoxicology, fate, and
 residue data, the program evaluates the toxicity of pes-
 ticide products based on standard  evaluation proce-
 dures that have been formally developed, commented
 on, and adopted as part of 40 CFR 158. The regulations
 and associated guidance documents and protocols in-
 clude requirements for study design and data reporting
 and specify EPA standard procedures for evaluating the
 results.

 Since the pesticide program has the authority to require
 industry to supply any information necessary to evaluate
 a registration, its need for in-house  testing  is limited.
 Program officials are reasonably satisfied with the cur-
 rent testing protocols,  and maintaining the same
 protocols enables EPA to make historical comparisons.
 However, OPP needs assistance  in developing
 guidelines for evaluating toxicity information prepared
 under the existing  testing protocols and for developing
 new toxicity testing protocols for additional endpoints.
5.3.2   Major Research Categories

A. Hazard Identification

Hazard identification is a high priority for the pesticide
program. The Agency has already developed a number
of standard evaluation procedures for toxicity testing,
e.g., teratology studies,  long-term rodent studies for
oncogenicity, subchronic and chronic exposure studies
for toxicity, etc. The program needs new  methods to
assess immunotoxicology, mutagenicity for  non-
genotoxic agents,  reproductive and developmental
toxicity, endocrine effects, and neurotoxicity. In addition,
standard test batteries are needed for evaluating the
toxicity of genetically engineered microbes in human
populations as well as in the environment.

The program's greatest need is for shorter term, more
cost-effective methods, which are desirable because of
the large number  of pesticides the program must
evaluate.  Long testing periods extend the  time that  a
potentially hazardous pesticide stays on the market, or
delay the  marketing of a safer substitute. Because ex-
posure to pesticides can be widespread,  public and
occupational health impacts caused by such delays may
be significant.

In general, research on short-term  in vivo  and in vitro
methods for noncancer endpoints and better validation
of all methods require greater emphasis.  Test batteries
should be  developed utilizing a tiered approach, if pos-
sible:   for example, a lower tier test for neurotoxicity
might be followed by a higher tier consisting of tests for
assessing developmental neurotoxicity, electrophysiologic
neurotoxic impacts, and operant behavior. Attempts should
 be made to adapt  or expand  current and/or newly
 developed protocols, so that they will have more wide-
 ranging usefulness.  For example, methods should be
 incorporated into protocols for measuring biomarkers,
 such as brain enzymes, to help refine dose-response
 assessments at different levels. Finally, structure-activity
 relationship (SAR) and metabolism information should
 be developed. SAR methods would be useful for screen-
 ing inert substances, and metabolism information is es-
 sential for refining the  toxicologic basis for developing
 weight-of-evidence determinations.

 B. Dose Response

 Dose-response issues are a high priority for the pesticide
 program because such a  large number of tests are
 required for registration of pesticides. While human data
 are important in assessing the health effects of pes-
 ticides, most regulatory decisions rely on whole animal
 and short-term tests.  This is particularly true of the
 numerous evaluations that will be done as a result of the
 reregistration program  set up  under the 1988 amend-
 ments.

 Dose-response assessment and risk extrapolation will
 also be needed for new methods developed for various
 toxicological endpoints, particularly immune system ef-
 fects,  behavioral teratology, and neurological  and
 reproductive endpoints. Risk extrapolation for results of
 tests  performed for  limited duration and for tests at
 critical stages of development (e.g., neonatal) is also
 needed.

 Health research on injury and repair mechanisms for
 chronic and acute exposure should receive increased
 emphasis. A greater knowledge of thresholds would help
 the program in the  tolerance-setting  process. Better
 dose-response  information  is needed for cancer
 endpoints, in relation to thresholds,  and for noncancer
 endpoints, particularly the protectiveness of safety fac-
 tors  for developmental toxicology endpoints. Finally,
 more information is needed on comparative metabolism
 at different dose levels.

 C. Exposure Assessment

 Exposure assessment,  as it relates to health research,
 is currently of medium importance to the pesticide pro-
 gram. Research to improve exposure assessment will
 increase confidence in the program's exposure  es-
 timates. This research  should focus on  methods for
 improving comprehensiveness, developing better sur-
 rogates, and improving  validation.  The  National
 Academy of Sciences  is currently evaluating specific
 information on dietary exposure to pesticides in infants
 and children; more studies are needed of nondietary
 pesticide exposure in children and other critical groups
for home and garden use of pesticide products.
                                                  47

-------
D. Chemical-Specific Information

Research to increase chemical-specific data is a low
priority because the pesticide program has considerable
authority to require industry to test. HERL should, how-
ever, provide technical support to assist the program in
checking the results of toxicity tests done by industry.
There is also a sporadic need to fill specialized narrow
data gaps. For example, more information on dermal
toxicity would  be useful since significant exposure  to
pesticides occurs dermally.
5.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories

A. Biological Markers

Development of biological markers  is a relatively tow
research priority for the pesticide program. Biomarker
research should be designed to aid in deriving practical
guidance  and standards.  Biomarker research should
emphasize  short-term  regulatory needs, especially
biomarkers for dose and effects that are sentinel indicators
of toxicity. There is also interest in developing biomarkers
for immune system effects and  improving biomaiker
methods for application to genetic/molecular/biochernical
epidemiology.

B. Pollutant Mixtures

The issue of pollutant mixtures is of medium priority to
the pesticide program. Research is needed in the area
of inert ingredients, particularly the bioavailability of oil-
based mixtures versus water-based mixtures.

C. Human Data

Research on human data is of medium priority for the
pesticide program. Most current health research needs
involve effects on children, e.g., developmental toxicity
and immune system effects. Better methods of assess-
ing indoor exposure to pesticides are important. Re-
search is needed both in measurement methods and
behavioral  patterns. Human data are  also  being
gathered in occupational epidemiology studies currently
in progress,  including a study incorporating biomarkers.
5.3.5   Summary

Table 5-1 summarizes the health research priorities of
the pesticide program. The highest priority  needs for
health research are hazard identification and dose
response. Of medium priority are human data, particular-
ly for higher risk groups; exposure assessment; and
pollutant mixtures. The lowest  research priorities  are
biological markers and chemical-specific information.
  Table 5-1    Important Health Research Needs and
              Their Relative Priorities for the
              Pesticide Program
  Research Needs
Relative Priorities
  1. Hazard Identification                xxx

  2. Dose Response                    xxx

  3. Exposure Assessment               xx

  4. Chemical-Specific Information         x

  5. Biological Markers                  x

  6. Pollutant Mixtures                  xx

  7. Human Data                       xx
  x - Low priority
  xx - Medium priority
  xxx - High priority
5.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

As test methods are developed and validated for a more
complete battery of toxicity endpoints, exposure assess-
ment is anticipated to emerge as a health research need
during the  1990s. Exposure assessment research
should incorporate  metabolism and dose information
and biomarkers of exposure and effect.

The other currently emerging need is the study of infants
and  children as a susceptible population. Particularly
needed are  more complete batteries of toxicity tests to
predict health impacts of pesticides  on  children and
better characterization of exposure pathways for children
in diverse environments.
                                                   48

-------
                                          SECTION SIX

                        THE TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL PROGRAM
 6.1    Program Description

 6.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
        Program Area

 The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) of 1976 gives
 EPA the authority to prohibit or restrict the manufacture,
 distribution, use, and disposal of chemicals that present
 "unreasonable" environmental or  human health risks.
 The Agency may require industry to generate and submit
 extensive  environmental and human health data to
 facilitate the  evaluation of a substance's risks. Upon
 evaluation of the data, EPA may allow the substance to
 be produced or to continue  in production,  publish ad-
 visory information concerning the substance's risks,
 negotiate voluntary limitations with affected businesses,
 promulgate a regulation prohibiting or limiting use of the
 substance, or refer the matter to another agency.

 The TSCA program addresses the risks of both new and
 existing chemicals.  For  new chemicals, manufacturers
 must inform EPA of their intent to produce the substance
 and submit data for EPA review prior to commercialization.
 For existing chemicals, EPA and a statutorily established
 Interagency Testing Committee identify priority substances
 for testing. After review of these findings, the Agency
 determines the need for chemical testing and regulation.
 For both new and existing chemicals, EPA may require the
 reporting of data concerning the  manufacture, use, and
 potential risks of substances in commerce.

 Prior to the passage of TSCA, there were significant gaps
 in the Federal government's authority to test and regulate
 toxic chemicals. The Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act,
 and other laws regulated chemical substances entering the
 environment (e.g., emissions to the air or discharges into
 the water). Other statutes, such as the Occupational Safety
 and Health Act  and the Consumer Product  Safety Act,
 addressed only one phase of a chemical's existence (e.g.,
 worker exposure or direct consumer exposure) and con-
 tained no authority to address environmental hazards.

 Throughout its  life cycle, from production to ultimate
 disposal, there are many opportunities for a chemical to
 be  released into the environment, resulting in human
 exposure.  The Toxic Substances Control Act was
designed to fill any potential gaps in coverage through
 its broad authority to regulate chemicals throughout their
 life  cycle and to require testing of new and existing
chemicals.
 EPA's toxic substances  control program is described
 below in seven sections:

 •   Section 6.1.2 describes the scope and coverage of
     TSCA.

 •   Section 6.1.3 describes the  premanufacturing
     notification (PMN) process for new chemicals (Sec-
     tion 5 of the act).

 •   Section 6.1.4 explains the process of selecting and
     evaluating chemicals under TSCA Section 4, and the
     establishment of testing requirements for these sub-
     stances.

 •   Section 6.1.5 describes the reporting requirements
     under TSCA and other sources of information which,
     along with the testing results under Section 4, may
     trigger the consideration of regulatory action.

 •   Section 6.1.6  describes  EPA's  regulatory  options
     under TSCA Sections 6 and 7.

 •   Section 6.1.7 explains the  relationship between
     TSCA and other Federal laws.

 •   Section 6.1.8 describes special programs to control
     asbestos hazards.
 6.1.2   Scope and Coverage of the Toxic Substances
        Control Act

 Under TSCA, EPAhas broad authority to regulate chemical
 substances or mixtures. A "chemical substance" is defined
 as "any organic or  inorganic substance of a particular
 molecular identity" that occurs as a result of a chemical
 reaction or occurs in nature. A "mixture" refers to a com-
 bination of chemical substances that does not occur in
 nature and is not the result of a chemical reaction. While
 these definitions extend the coverage of the act to virtually
 any  substance, there  are  certain specified exclusions.
 These exclusions include pesticides, tobacco, tobacco
 products, nuclear material, firearms, ammunition, food and
 food additives, drugs, cosmetics, and devices.

 EPA can ban or restrict a wide range of activities related
 to a covered substance, including manufacture, process-
 ing, distribution, commercial use, ordisposal, if the Agen-
 cy concludes that the substance presents "an unreasonable
 risk of injury to health or the environment."  In this context,
the term "manufacture" can mean to import, produce, or
                                                 49

-------
manufacture. The term "processor" refers to any person
who prepares a chemical substance or mixture for dis-
tribution in commerce, either in the same form or in a
different form from that in which it was received, or as
part of an article containing the chemical substance or
mixture. This definition includes any manufacturer of a
product, such as treated paper or coated fabric, that
incorporates a chemical.  In determining whether a sub-
stance presents "an unreasonable risk of injury to health
or the environment," EPA takes into account a number
of specified  factors, including the benefits of the sub-
stance for various uses; the availability of substitutes for
such uses; and the economic consequences of regula-
tion, including the effect on the national economy, small
business, technological  innovation,  the environment,
and public health.

The act provides broad authority for the Agency to collect
information on chemical risks. First,  EPA may require
testing of any  existing chemical substance or  mixture
(Section 4). Second, prior notification and data submis-
sion are required before manufacture of any new chemi-
cal  substance  or  manufacture or processing of an
existing chemical substance for a "significant new use"
(Section 5). Third, EPA may require recordkeeping and
the submission of health and safety  studies and other
information on the  substance, both published and un-
published (Section 8).

In summary, EPA's regulatory authority under TSCA
encompasses all types of chemicals and mixtures. The
Agency may require industry to submit extensive testing
information concerning the risks of particular substan-
ces. If, based on its evaluation, the Agency determines
that there are "unreasonable risks" associated with the
chemical, the Agency may regulate any or all phases of
the chemical's life cycle (Section 6).
6.1.3   Premanufacturlng Notification (PMN)

Under Section 5(a) of TSCA, businesses must notify EPA
at least 90 days before manufacturing or importing a new
chemical substance for commercial purposes. A new
chemical substance, as defined in Section 3 of the act,
is any chemical substance that is not included on the list,
or "Inventory," of existing chemical substances compiled
by EPA under TSCA Section 8(b). EPA first published the
TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory on June 1,1979.
The Agency periodically updates the  inventory, which
now includes more than 70,000 substances, by adding
new chemicals that have undergone Section  5 review
and have entered commercial production.

Section 5(d)(1) of the act specifies information that sub-
mitters must provide in a premanufacturing notification
(PMN), including:

•    Test data in their possession or control.
•   Descriptions of  health and environmental  effects
    data that they know of or can reasonably ascertain.

•   Known or reasonably ascertainable information on
    chemical identity.

•   Proposed categories of use.

•   Proposed volume of production.

•   By-products resulting from manufacture, process-
    ing, use, or disposal.

•   Workplace exposure.

•   Manner or method of disposal.

EPA Review of PMN Submissions

Once EPA receives a Section 5 notification, the Agency
has 90 days to review it, unless for good cause EPA
extends the review period under Section 5(c) for up to an
additional 90 days. During the review period, EPA may
act under Section 5(e)  or 5(f) to regulate the production
or use of the new chemical substance.

Section  5(e) authorizes  EPA  to prohibit or limit the
manufacture (including import), processing, distribution
in commerce, use, or disposal of a  new chemical sub-
stance until information sufficient to evaluate its health
and environmental effects is provided. EPA can take this
action if it determines  that the  available information is
insufficient for a reasoned evaluation and either (1) the
substance may present an unreasonable risk of injury to
health or the environment, or (2) the substance will be
produced in substantial  quantities  and there  may be
significant or substantial human exposure to the sub-
stance or substantial release to the environment.

Under Section 5(e), EPA may issue either a unilateral
order or a consent order. A unilateral order prohibits the
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, or disposal of
a substance pending the submission and evaluation of
test data addressing the health or environmental con-
cern. This type of order may be implemented when EPA
identifies a  potential  unreasonable risk  that can be
evaluated through testing the substance. In such cases,
the submitter may request a suspension of the notice
review period and voluntarily test the PMN  substance
using a  mutually agreed-upon protocol.  EPA  then
evaluates the test results to determine whether the data
confirm or refute the Agency's concerns.

A Section 5(e) consent order, mutually agreed to by the
PMN submitter and EPA, specifies requirements to
control exposures to the substance and to ensure that
persons  who may be exposed are properly notified.
These requirements may include protective equipment
such as impervious gloves, safety goggles,  or
respirators; worker training programs; warning labels;
customer notification letters; and disposal limitations.
In addition, some Section 5(e)  consent orders include
                                                  50

-------
 "testing triggers."   These triggers require that upon
 reaching a specified production volume, the submitter
 must cease production of the PMN substance unless he
 or she submits the results of a specified test that permits
 a reasoned evaluation of the  effects of exposure.

 Under Section 5(f), EPA may regulate a new chemical
 substance if  it finds that the manufacture, processing,
 distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of the sub-
 stance will present an unreasonable risk of injury to
 health or the environment. The EPA may issue either an
 order prohibiting the activities described in the PMN or a
 proposed rule limiting those activities.

 A PMN submitter may withdraw a PMN  from review at
 any time. Submitters have chosen to do this when EPA
 has identified potential unreasonable risks that might
 need to be addressed by regulatory action. Once a PMN
 is withdrawn, however,  the manufacturer or importer
 must submit another notice, which is subject to another
 90-day review period, before manufacture or import can
   3in.
 If EPA has not prohibited manufacture or import of the
 chemical substance, these activities may begin as soon
 as the review period expires, subject to the restrictions
 or testing  requirements imposed during the review
 period. When  manufacture  or  import begins and the
 PMN submitter provides a  notice of commencement,
 EPA adds the substance to the inventory.

 Thereafter, any person may manufacture or import the
 substance without submitting a Section 5 notice to EPA,
 unless EPA has issued a significant new use rule (SNUR)
 on the chemical under Section 5(a}(2) as described
 below.

 Exemptions

 EPA may grant exemptions from PMN review or from the
 full 90-day PMN review process. These include exemp-
 tions  for research and  development, test marketing,
 certain polymers, and low-volume substances. Manufac-
 turers must apply for these  exemptions in accordance
 with  EPA rules. Also, under Section 5(h)(4) EPA may,
 upon application and by  rule, exempt the manufacturer
 or importer of any new chemical substance from all or
 part of the Section 5 requirements, if the Agency deter-
 mines that the substance under consideration will not
 present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the
 environment.  This could occur, for example, if  a
 manufacturer proposes to produce a new chemical vir-
 tually identical to an existing substance that has already
 been evaluated by EPA.

 Significant New Use Rules (SNURs)

 Businesses also must submit PMNs in order to manufac-
ture or process any chemical substance  for a use that
 EPA determines to be a "significant new use." In making
this determination, EPA must consider all relevant
factors, including:
 •  The projected  volume  of  manufacturing  and
    processing.

 •  The extent to which a use changes the type or form
    of exposure to humans or the environment.

 •  The extent to which a use increases the magnitude
    and duration of exposure to humans or the environ-
    ment.

 •  The reasonably anticipated manner and methods of
    manufacturing, processing,  distribution  in com-
    merce, and disposal.

 A SNUR specifies the chemical (or group of chemicals)
 and uses of concern. Once a final SNUR is promulgated
 (and published in the Federal Register), any person who
 intends to  manufacture, import,  or process the sub-
 stance for a significant new use specified in the SNUR
 is required to notify EPA at least 90 days before begin-
 ning such  activity. A substance  listed in  a SNUR is
 generally subject to the same  statutory procedures as
 those required under TSCA's PMN rule for a new chemi-
 cal substance.

 The purpose of the SNUR notice requirement is to fur-
 nish EPA with information necessary to  evaluate  the
 intended use of the substance and, if necessary, give the
 Agency enough time to prohibit or limit the use before its
 inception. ASNUR may be issued for any TSCAchemical
 substance, including  individual substances and chemi-
 cal categories, and for new or existing substances. A
 SNUR may also be written in conjunction with a Section
 5(e) order.
6.1.4   Chemical Testing Requirements

Section 4 of TSCA gives EPA the authority to require
testing of existing chemicals. To require testing of an
existing chemical, EPA must make the following find-
ings:

•   The chemical may pose an "unreasonable risk" to
    health  or the environment; or the chemical  is
    produced in "substantial"  quantities, which  could
    result in substantial or significant human exposure
    or substantial environmental release, and

•   Insufficient data or knowledge exist about the health
    or  environmental effects of the chemical to
    reasonably determine or predict the impacts of its
    manufacture, processing, distribution, use,  and/or
    disposal, and

•   Testing is needed to develop such data.

Additionally, EPA considers the potential economic im-
pacts of the required testing before issuing requirements
under Section 4.
                                                 51

-------
If EPA makes all of the above findings for a specific
chemical or category of chemicals, the Agency may issue
a rule requiring industry to test the substance(s). Alter-
natively, if EPA finds that affected manufacturers and
processors, and interested members of the public agree
with the Agency regarding the need for and scope of
testing requirements, EPA may issue an enforceable
consent order to  expedite the testing.

Not all questionable chemicals need to be tested - only
those for which EPA specifically determines that addi-
tional data are necessary and issues a formal test rule.
This rule may prescribe the effects to be investigated, the
tests to  be conducted, and the experimental  test
guidelines to be used. The TSCA statute itself, in Section
4(b), details  many of the studies that may be required,
including  studies of carcinogenicity,  mutagenicity,
teratogenicity, behavioral disorders,  synergism,  and
other types of toxicity. In addition, EPA has periodically
published (Federal Register, 9/27/85,  5/20/87,  and
12/6/88) guidelines  concerning  acceptable  testing
design and procedures.  In promulgating test rules, EPA
must consider the relative  costs and  availability of
facilities and personnel, and the period within which tests
can  reasonably  be performed. Moreover, EPA must
review each test standard at least once a year and revise
it where warranted.

Selection of Chemicals for Testing

EPA may select chemicals for testing based on informa-
tion received on a chemical's adverse effects, concerns
raised by other  EPA offices, or other  sources.  The
Agency's final decision  on chemicals to be tested  is
based, in part, on the recommendations of the Interagen-
cy Testing Committee (ITC). Section 4(e) of TSCAestab-
lished the ITC to  recommend chemicals to  EPA for
priority testing consideration. The ITC is composed of
appointed members from eight Federal agencies; repre-
sentatives from six additional Federal agencies serve as
liaisons. Members of the ITC review chemicals in com-
merce to establish for EPA consideration a "Priority List"
of chemical substances in need of testing. The chemicals
reviewed by the ITC may be nominated by government
agencies, industry, public interest groups, or private in-
dividuals. The ITC may designate up to 50 chemicals or
categories of chemicals on the Priority List; it must also
consider revising the list, and report to EPA at least every
6 months.

The  Priority List of chemicals is divided into three parts:
(1) those designated for EPA response within 12 months;
(2) those recommended with intent-to-designate; and (3)
those  recommended  without being designated for
response within 12 months.  (Chemicals in the first part
are referred to as designated chemicals; chemicals in the
second and third parts are referred to as nondesignated
chemicals.)

For ITC-designated chemicals, EPA must respond within
a 1 -year statutory deadline by either initiating rulemaking
or publishing  in the Federal Register a  notice that
describes why EPA has determined that further testing
is  not required. The ITC recommends  with intent-to-
designate chemical substances or mixtures those it
believes should receive expedited testing consideration.
The  ITC may designate  these chemicals  later, after
EPA's review of the ITC's testing recommendations, and
after the  ITC's own review of the data collected under
TSCA Sections 8(a) and 8(d) and other relevant informa-
tion.  The intent-to-designate recommendation does not
require EPA to respond to the ITC by a certain deadline.
Should such chemicals be subsequently designated, a
1-year statutory deadline  for EPA  response would be
imposed at that time.

The third part of the Priority List includes chemical sub-
stances or mixtures that the ITC believes warrant testing
consideration, but not expedited review of testing needs.
The ITC adds these chemical substances or mixtures to
the Priority List,  and recommends them  for testing
without designating them  for EPA review  within any
statutory deadline. These chemicals may be evaluated
by EPA as time and resources permit.

For a nondesignated chemical (on the second and third
parts of the Priority List),  EPA may evaluate the risks
posed by the chemical. However, in addition to the formal
rulemaking procedures required for designated chemi-
cals, EPA has the option of using a consent agreement.
To use the consent agreement process, EPA first deter-
mines whether a consensus exists among the Agency,
industry,  and  other interested individuals regarding the
need for and scope of testing. All parties then execute an
enforceable consent agreement that provides for the
completion of the agreed-upon testing.

Because lexicological testing  is so expensive, TSCA
provides for  the  sharing of  testing costs among all
manufacturers and processors of the  regulated  sub-
stance.  If the test sponsors cannot decide a  proper
allocation of costs  among themselves, EPA is required
to adjudicate the dispute.
6.1.5   Reporting Requirements

TSCA Section 8 gives EPA the authority to require report-
ing and record-keeping relating to chemical substances
and mixtures.

Section 8(a) - Recordkeeping and Reporting

Section 8(a) allows EPA to promulgate rules that require
manufacturers, importers, and processors to maintain
records and report certain information to the Agency. The
Section 8(a) Preliminary Assessment Information Rule
(PAIR) requires manufacturers  and importers  of
specified chemicals to report  general production, use,
and exposure information using a standard report form.
These data are used by the ITC in evaluating and estab-
lishing testing priorities.
                                                  52

-------
 In 1986, under Section 8(a), EPA also promulgated the
 Industry Update Rule, which required manufacturers and
 importers to report current production volume and site
 data on many of the approximately 70,000 chemicals in
 the TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory. This rule rep-
 resents the first inventory update since the original com-
 pilation of  the  inventory in  1979.  EPA will use the
 information collected for chemical screening, priority set-
 ting, exposure determination, risk assessment, and
 development of TSCA  regulations.

 In late  1988, EPA promulgated a model  information-
 gathering rule under Section 8(a) called the Comprehen-
 sive Assessment  Information Rule (CAIR).  CAIR
 established uniform reporting  and  recordkeeping  re-
 quirements along with a  list of questions  from  which
 specific information requests can be  assembled on a
 chemical-by-chemical basis. EPA uses this rule to obtain
 information needed  by OSHA, NIOSH, CPSC, and the
 Agency itself to support the assessment and regulation
 of chemical substances and mixtures.

 Section 8(c) - Significant Adverse Reactions

 Under Section 8(c) of TSCA, any person who manufac-
 tures, processes, imports, or distributes any chemical
 substance  or mixture  must maintain records of "sig-
 nificant adverse reactions" alleged to have been caused
 by the chemical. Significant adverse reactions are "reac-
 tions that may indicate a  tendency of a chemical sub-
 stance or mixture to cause long-lasting or irreversible
 damage to health or the environment." Records relating
 to possible  health reactions of employees must be kept
 for 30 years, during which time they may be inspected
 or submitted to anyone designated by the EPA. All other
 recorded allegations must be kept for only 5 years. In
 1986, EPA required submission of these records for the
 first time.

 Section 8(d) - Reports of Health and Safety Studies

 This rule requires past, current, or prospective manufac-
 turers, importers, and processors of certain substances
 (named periodically  in  the Federal Register) to submit
 lists and copies of unpublished health and safety data to
 EPA. EPA adds substances to the list of those covered
 under the rule as the Agency identifies a need for  health
 and safety  information. EPA uses this information  to
 support  detailed assessment of the health and environ-
 mental risks of these substances.

 Section 8(e) - Substantial Risk

 Under Section 8(e), persons who obtain new information
that reasonably supports the conclusion  that a sub-
stance  or  mixture  that  they  manufacture, import,
process, or distribute presents substantial risk of injury
to human health or  the environment, must notify EPA
within 15 working days. A determination of  "substantial
risk" does not include an evaluation of economic or social
benefits of the use of the chemical and, therefore, is not
synonymous with the term "unreasonable risk" which is
found in other sections of the act. Once received, the
 notices are reviewed by EPA and an initial evaluation
 (status  report) is prepared containing, if appropriate,
 follow-up questions to the submitter, referrals to other
 agencies, and recommended EPA follow-up actions.

 Voluntary Submissions

 The Agency also receives a large number of voluntary
 "For Your Information" (FYI) submissions on chemical
 toxicity and/or exposure from chemical manufacturers,
 processors and  distributors,  trade associations, labor
 organizations, other government  agencies, foreign
 governments, academia,  public interest and environ-
 mental groups, as well as the general public. Another
 source of data on existing chemical risks is the National
 Toxicology Program, from which test data are routinely
 received and reviewed.

 Reporting Under SARA Title ill

 Another source of information on toxic chemicals is the
 data collected under the Emergency Planning and
 Community  Right-to-Know Act, or Title III, of the  Su-
 perfund Amendments  and  Reauthorization  Act
 (SARA). (This program is included in the TSCA section
 of this document because it is managed by the Office
 of Toxic Substances.) Under Section 313 of Title III,
 businesses must submit annual reports to EPA and the
 State in which they operate on certain specified toxic
 chemicals  manufactured,  imported, processed, or
 used at the facility. Facilities must account for the total
 aggregate releases to the environment of each toxic
 chemical listed under Section 313 for the  calendar
 year. These aggregate data are referred to as the Toxic
 Release Inventory (TRI). The first annual report  (for
 the calendar year 1987) was due to EPA and  the
 designated State agencies on July 1, 1988. Those
 businesses required to report under Title III are plants,
 factories, or other facilities that are classified in  the
 Standard Industrial  Classification  (SIC) codes 20
 through 39; employ the equivalent of 10 or more full-
 time individuals;  and  manufacture, import, or process
 any of the Section 313 chemicals in amounts greater
 than 75,000 pounds in 1987, 50,000 pounds in 1988,
 25,000 pounds in 1989 and subsequent years, or use
 any listed chemical  in  any other way  in  amounts
 greater than 10,000 pounds. Over 300 toxic chemicals
 and chemical categories are subject to reporting.
6.1.6  Other Regulatory Options under Sections 6
       and?

EPA has broad authority  to take whatever regulatory
measures it deems necessary to ban or restrict chemi-
cals suspected of posing an unreasonable risk of injury
to health or the environment. The information used to
make such determinations  comes  from a variety of
sources including data submitted to EPA under Sec-
tions 4, 5, and 8. Private groups, citizens, and other
governmental agencies also provide information.
                                                 53

-------
 In addition,  EPA is authorized under TSCA to conduct
 whatever research, development,  and monitoring are
 necessary to carry out the purposes of the act (Section 10).
 In order to  carry out its responsibilities, EPA has col-
 laborated with other Federal agencies. For example, EPA
 collaborated with  the  Veterans' Administration to study
 dioxin and furan levels in the adipose tissue of Vietnam
 Veterans. The Agency is collaborating with the Ecological
 and lexicological Association of the Dyestuffs Manufactur-
 ing Industry and the American Textile Manufacturers In-
 stitute to assess the exposure to and associated risk from
 the use of powdered dyes in the textile industry. In support
 of the  PMN program, EPA initiated a series of national
 surveys to examine the frequency, duration, and amount of
 use of certain products containing chemicals of interest.
 Under Section 21, citizens may file petitions requesting
 action (under specified sections), many of which also pro-
 vide information.

 EPA can regulate  a broad range of  activities involving
 chemicals, including manufacturing,  processing, labeling,
 distribution, use, and disposal (Section 6). If EPA makes a
 finding of "unreasonable risk," the Agency must promulgate
 a rule to the extent necessary to protect against the risk.
 The authority to regulate a substance includes:

 •   Limiting the amount that can be produced.

 •   Prohibiting or limiting specific uses (or a particular use
    in a concentration in excess of a specified level).

 •   Requiring instructions or warnings.

 •   Mandating extensive manufacturing and monitoring
    records.

 •   Controlling disposal.

 •   Requiring manufacturers to monitor or conduct tests.

 •   Specifying  quality controls in manufacturing or
    processing (to address the problem of highly toxic
    impurities).

 •   Requiring the manufacturer or  processor to  inform
    the public or distributors of the risk of injury.

•   Requiring the manufacturer or processor to replace or
    repurchase products held to constitute a hazard.

•   "Otherwise regulate any manner or method of com-
    mercial use of such substance or mixture."

 Restrictions  on a substance may be applied to some
geographical areas and not to others.

 Section 7 gives EPA additional authority to regulate
 imminent hazards. Under this section, EPA may go to
court and commence a civil action for seizure of any
 imminently  hazardous  chemical substance or mixture
and/or for relief against any person who manufactures,
processes, distributes, uses, or disposes of an imminent-
 ly hazardous substance. An "imminently hazardous
 chemical substance or mixture" presents, by definition,
 "an  imminent and unreasonable risk of serious  or
 widespread injury to health or the environment."  A risk
 is considered imminent if it is likely  to result in injury
 "before a final rule under Section 6 can protect against
 such risk." To date, Section 7 has never been invoked,
 and no regulations have been promulgated.
 6.1.7   Relationship to Other Federal Laws

 Section 9 of TSCA directs the Administrator to consult
 and coordinate with all relevant regulatory agencies for
 "the purpose of achieving the maximum enforcement of
 this act while imposing the least burdens of duplicative
 requirements..." Thus, TSCA may serve as a backup
 authority where other laws are inadequate. Under TSCA,
 there are two procedures for EPA deference to other
 Federal laws; the procedure used depends on whether
 the other law is  administered by EPA or by  another
 Federal agency. Where EPA determines that  the risk
 presented by a substance or mixture "may be prevented
 or reduced to a sufficient extent" by action taken under
 a Federal law administered by another agency, it must
 submit a report to the other agency. Whether the other
 agency issues an order declaring that the risk outlined in
 the report does not exist or initiates proceedings under
 its own authorities, EPA is precluded from further action.

 With respect to risks that could be mitigated by other EPA
 authorities, the test again is whether the risk "could be
 eliminated or reduced to a sufficient extent by actions
 taken under" the other law. However, even if this test is
 satisfied, the EPA may still proceed under TSCA if it is
 "in the public interest."

 Section 9 requires EPA to defer to other Federal laws
 only in  connection with actions to restrict a chemical
 under Sections 6 or  7. Thus  EPA has the authority to
 require recordkeeping, reporting, premarket notification,
 and testing concerning risks regulated by other laws.

 In 1986, TSCA authority was used for the first time to
 address the chemical problems of other EPA programs
 and other Federal agencies. In that year, EPA promul-
 gated a rule under TSCA Section 8 (a) to consolidate
 many information-gathering requirements. This rule may
 be used to obtain information to support the assessment
 and regulation of chemicals identified by EPA, Occupa-
tional Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Nation-
 al Institute of Occupational Safety  and Health (NIOSH),
and Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC).
Additionally, the information collection authority of Sec-
tion 8(d) was used to  obtain unpublished health and
safety studies on chemicals subject to the 1984 RCRA
amendments and other chemicals  identified by multiple
users in EPA and CPSC. More recently, Section 4 has
been used to require testing on behalf of the Office of
Water for use  under the Clean Water Act and for the
Office of Solid Waste for use under RCRA.
                                                  54

-------
Section 10 directs the Administrator to establish, ad-
minister, and coordinate an efficient and effective system
for the collection and dissemination of data to other
Federal departments and agencies. EPA has estab-
lished a comprehensive data management system that
is accessible to other EPA programs and Federal agen-
cies, as well as to Regions and States. This program has
resulted in resource savings for both industry and the
government by avoiding unnecessary or duplicative in-
formation gathering and dissemination efforts.
6.1.8  Asbestos Programs

On April 25,1986, EPA issued a final rule under TSCA
to protect State and local government employees from
the hazards of asbestos abatement work. This rule ef-
fectively extends OSH A worker-protection requirements
for asbestos abatement to State and  local employees
who perform asbestos abatement work. (OSHA is nor-
mally responsible for the Federal regulations protecting
private sector workers, but OSHA does not have the
authority to cover those in the public sector [i.e., Federal,
State, and local government employees]).

In October 1986, Congress passed the Asbestos
Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA). This law
required local education agencies to identify  friable
and nonfriable asbestos-containing material (ACM) in
public and private elementary and secondary schools
by  visually inspecting school buildings, sampling
suspect materials (if they are not assumed to be ACM),
and analyzing the samples. The rule  requires local
education agencies to submit management plans to
the Governor of their State by  October 12, 1988, to
implement the plans by July 9,1989,  and to complete
implementation of the plans  in a  timely fashion.
AHERA also contains provisions for  the training and
accreditation of several types of asbestos  profes-
sionals (e.g.,  inspectors, management  planners,
abatement contractors,  project designers, and
workers) and requires that accredited personnel be
used for certain AHERA-mandated activities.

Although AHERA's primary mission is to impose addition-
al inspection and management requirements on schools,
it also contains important amendments to the Asbestos
School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA). In 1984, Con-
gress enacted ASHAA  to offer financial assistance to
needy schools so that they  could  abate asbestos
materials. AHERA amended ASHAA to prohibit financial
assistance from being awarded to any  school that uses
persons who are  not AHERA-accredited for asbestos
inspections, management planning,  and abatement.
Thus, to qualify for an ASHAA award in 1989, a project
had to use accredited personnel. Congress appropriated
$47.5 million under ASHAA in 1989 to aid primary and
secondary schools with severe asbestos hazards.

On July 12,1989, EPA issued a final rule under Section 6
of TSCA to ban the manufacture, importation, and process-
ing of eight  asbestos products:  A/C corrugated and flat
sheet, roofing felt, flooring felt, vinyl asbestos  floor tile,
pipeline wrap, clothing, and new uses of asbestos. The rule
goes into effect on August 27,1990. The Agency also banned
the manufacture, importation, or processing of additional
asbestos-containing products (i.e., disc brake pads, drum
brake linings, automatic transmission components, clutch
facings, commercial and industrial asbestos friction products,
and sheet and beater-add gaskets) as of August 25,1993.
The distribution of all of these banned products will be phased
out from August 25,1992 to August 25,1997. The rule also
requires the  labeling of all asbestos-containing products
subject to the rules.
6.2    Program Organization

The Office of Toxic Substances (OTS), within the Office of
Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPTS), manages the
toxic substances  control program from  EPA's  Head-
quarters office in Washington, DC, where the major ac-
tivities of the program are conducted. OTS consists of a
Director and eight program divisions, as shown schemati-
cally in Figure 6-1.  OTS is responsible for developing and
operating the Agency program and policies for new and
existing chemicals, including  information collection and
coordination;  data development;  health, environmental,
and economic assessment; and control actions.

To carry out these responsibilities, OTS employs a matrix
management  approach (i.e., several divisions work
together to  carry out a  given regulatory function). The
divisions of  OTS are as  follows:

•   Office of Program Management and Evaluation

•   Information Management Division (IMD)

•   Chemical Control Division (CCD)

•   Existing Chemical Assessment Division (ECAD)

Four divisions support the CCD and ECAD:

•   Health and Environmental Review Division (HERD)

•   Exposure Evaluation Division (EED)

•   Economics and Technology Division (ETD)

•   Environmental Assistance Division (EAD)

To  illustrate the functioning of OTS,  the  role of each
division in the following  two major program activities is
described below:

•   Existing Chemical Review Process.

•   Review of a Premanufacturing Notification (PMN).

Each of these program activities involves the use of
health effects information and is, therefore, of interest to
HERL
                                                 55

-------
Figure 6-1.  Organizational Chart for Office of Toxic
           Substances (OTS)
Office Director
Charles Elkins
(202)382-3810
Office of Program
Management
and Evaluation
Dwain Winters
(Acting)
(202) 382-3763
Information
Management
Division
Linda Travers
(202) 382-3938
 Chemical Control
 Division
 John W.Melone
 (202) 382-3749
 Existing
 Chemical
 Assessment
 Division
 Charles M. Auer
 (Acting)
 (202) 382-3442
 Health and
 Environmental
 Review Division
 Joseph Cotruvo
 (202) 382-4241
 Exposure
 Evaluation
 Division
 Joseph Merenda
 (202) 382-3866
 Economics and
 Technology
 Division
 Susie Hazen
 (Acting)
 (202) 382-3667
 Environmental
 Assistance
 Division
 Michael Stahl
 (202) 382-3949
Assists Director in program oversight
by providing administrative, personnel
management, financial management,
and program planning and evaluation
services.
Manages all information and security
services.  Responsible for developing
and maintaining data bases and the
computer network and for  collecting
and disseminating TSCA and SARA
Title III data.

Manages the PMN process; develops
generic and chemical-specific rules for
new chemicals under  Section 5  and
existing chemicals  under Sections 6
and 7; conducts risk management
studies for existing chemicals.

Manages the TSCA testing and exist-
ing chemicals program. Responsible
for identifying and evaluating the risks
to human health and the environment
posed by existing chemicals and for
implementing control  measures, in-
cluding developing  and implementing
test rules, significant new use rules,
and  recording and  recordkeeping
rules.

Responsible for assessing the hazards
posed by new chemicals, evaluating
new test  data submitted by industry,
and developing testing requirements
for new and existing chemicals.
Provides guidance and rule develop-
ment support to CCD and ECAD in the
areas of field sampling, testing and
analytical methods, and epidemiology
studies for new and existing chemi-
cals.

Provides  engineering, industrial
chemistry, and economic analyses as
part of the PMN review process and
conducts assessment of the overall
economic  and  technical impacts of
TSCA actions.

Provides professional assistance regard-
ing TSCA compliance, including provid-
ing speakers for groups, and provides
information on  TSCA in the  form of
Chemical Hazard Information  Profiles
(CHIPs), quarterly reports, and chemi-
cal-in-progress bulletins.
6.2.1    Existing Chemical Review Process

ECAD and CCD  are  responsible for  managing the
decision-making and review processes, and implement-
ing control actions for existing chemicals. They conduct
the existing chemicals review process with the support
of EED, ETD,  HERD, and IMD. A description of the
decision-making process follows.

1. The chemical is brought to the attention of ECAD
through Section 4 test data, the ITC, Title III emission
data, Section 8(e) submissions, state referral, by acquir-
ing and evaluating the available literature, etc.

2. Based on this information, ECAD conducts an  initial
screening of the data with assistance from HERD.

3. The chemical  then enters the existing chemical
management process, a three-stage process in which
ECAD and  CCD decide whether to regulate one or more
uses of a chemical and, if so,  to what degree. As the
progression of  regulatory options proceeds, more and
more comprehensive  actions  are considered.  At all
stages of this  process, ECAD and CCD  can  specify
additional information needed for the next risk manage-
ment decision step. Once regulation is satisfactory, the
decision-making process  ends. If new  information  is
received that indicates additional regulation is needed,
however,  the risk management process can  be
reinitiated at the appropriate stage.

4. ECAD and CCD make three sequential decisions: "A,"
"B,"  and "C." The  "A" decision is made  at the Risk
Management Steering  Decision Meeting, which  is
chaired  by ECAD with input from all  participating
divisions. At this meeting, which is regularly scheduled
two to four times a month, chemicals coming out of the
screening process are reviewed.  Decision "A" involves
initiating one or more of five alternative actions: to exer-
cise "non-regulatory" risk management options on one
or more uses of the chemical (e.g., voluntary cutback by
industry); to initiate regulatory actions on one or  more
uses  of the  chemical  (e.g.,  labeling, product
stewardship); to gather additional information and set an
appropriate timetable for gathering it in preparation for a
Decision Meeting  on Limited  Regulatory Action  (Step
"B"); to list the chemical  on a publicly available Risk
Reduction Candidate  List (RRCL), which contains
chemicals for which EPA or some other agency should
initiate actions to reduce  risk; or to exercise  no risk
management options.

5. The "B"  decision is made at the Decision Meeting on
Limited Regulatory Action, which is chaired by CCD with
input from all  other participating divisions. Meetings
occur at least quarterly and discuss  chemicals drawn
primarily from the Risk Reduction Candidate List. The
meeting is designed to resolve whether limited regulatory
actions (e.g., labeling, restricted  use) are appropriate.
The "B" decision involves initiating one or more of five
alternative  risk management options: to use additional
non-regulatory actions; to exercise limited regulatory
                                                  56

-------
action; to exercise comprehensive regulatory action; to
list a substance on the OTS management list (a subset
of the RRCL for which OTS assumes direct respon-
sibility) and gather additional information and set an
appropriate timetable for gathering it in preparation for a
Comprehensive Risk  Management Decision Meeting
(Step "C"); or to exercise no additional risk management
or information-gathering activities.

6. The "C" decision, which is made at the Comprehensive
Risk Management Decision Meeting, reviews the results
of the previous actions and determines whether addition-
al comprehensive regulatory action is necessary.  The
meeting is chaired by the Office Director and structured
by CCD with input from participating divisions. At the
meeting, three options are evaluated: to regulate a use
(or uses) of the chemical comprehensively, to remove
the substance from the OTS management list (which
means that no further actions are necessary), or to
require additional analysis for use in a subsequent Com-
prehensive Risk Management Decision Meeting.
6.2.2   Review of a Premanufacturing Notification
        (PMN)

The PMN review process, described in Section 6.1.3, is
managed by CCD. CCD oversees the regulatory evalua-
tion,  selects and implements appropriate control
measures,  and initiates  further control, particularly if
hazardous chemicals enter commercial  production.
HERD, ETD, and EED assist in PMN evaluations. The
specific steps in the decision-making process are sum-
marized below:

1. The PMN is received and catalogued by IMD.

2. The PMN is initially reviewed by the Deputy Director
of HERD, who evaluates the chemical's structure and
physical and chemical characteristics.

3. EPA then makes three  sequential decisions: "A," "B,"
and "C." Decision "A" either allows the chemical to be
manufactured or requires the Structure Activity Team
(SAT), which is a part of HERD, to evaluate the chemical.
SAT assesses the chemical's structure/activity and
categorizes its concern (as either low, medium, or high)
for two separate endpoints: health effects and economic
effects.

4. At the "B" decision point, chemicals with a  "high
concern" ranking are  referred to the Chemical Review
and Evaluation Branch, a branch of HERD, for a risk
assessment.

5. Based on the risk assessment, EPA makes one of the
following "C" decisions:

•   To issue a test rule under Section 5(e).
    To issue a consent order under Section 5(e) allowing
    the  manufacture or processing of the chemical if
    certain specified controls are instituted.

    To issue an order under Section 5(f) prohibiting or
    limiting the activities described in the PMN.
6.3     Health Research Needs

6.3.1   Introduction

The  TSCA program needs health research information
for several  program  activities,  including screening
chemicals prior to their manufacture, generating lists of
chemicals to be tested, developing test rules, and provid-
ing scientific support for regulatory action regarding ex-
isting chemicals.

The  toxic substances control program has served as a
technical resource for  other EPA programs concerning
SARA Section 313 and for ATSDR concerning SARA
Section 110. The toxic substances control program does
have the authority to require industry to test, but testing
requirements are usually limited to a few specific items.
Selection of  chemicals for testing is usually justified by
exposure potential coupled with triggers from the health
information base and/or structure-activity relationships
(SARs). Testing requirements are usually limited to
standard toxicity endpoints and do not usually include
such information  as  immu no toxicology, human data,
comprehensive exposure studies, or environmental fate.

The  program can ask industry to test prior to allowing a
compound to be manufactured or can allow a compound
to be manufactured while further testing is performed.
Industry can choose to perform testing required by the
program or  to keep  the  substance  off the market.
Whether industry  invests in research  depends on the
commercial importance of the product relative to the cost
of the  testing  requirements. Economically prohibitive
testing  requirements  may create disincentives for
developing new, possibly more environmentally sound,
products. HERL research can help the program define
economically reasonable  testing requirements, and
HERL should take a lead role in establishing and coor-
dinating cooperative research studies among HERL,
industry, and academic laboratories.
6.3.2  Major Research Categories

 A. Hazard Identification

Hazard identification is a high priority health research
need for the TSCA program because this program must
ensure the safety of large numbers of chemicals. There
is an acute need for improving test methods of all kinds
in order to screen and freely characterize risks for a
variety of poorly studied endpoints.
                                                 57

-------
In particular, new methods are needed for assessing
noncancer health effects in the areas of neurotoxicology,
immunotoxicology,  and reproductive  developmental
toxicology. Current methods are inadequate for measur-
ing certain effects, such as developmental neurotoxicity
resulting from lead exposure. Tiered approaches should
be developed, so that the initial tier is cost effective and
rapid, and has low false  positive and false  negative
detection  rates. Initial tiers should detect major health
outcomes and subsequent tiers should refine the
toxicologic  risks.  Efforts such as those  by the
halogenated solvents industry to develop electrophysiologi-
cal indicators for neurotoxicity should be encouraged.

Research is needed to  validate immunotoxicology
methods and to develop data that are specific to effect.
The National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
(NIEHS) should continue to develop and validate long-
term methods for immunotoxicology using tiered ap-
proaches.

Better short-term screening techniques are particularly
needed for evaluating teratogens. Standard teratogen
studies  are currently very costly. While the Kavlock-
Chernoff assay is somewhat more rapid and less costly
than the standard teratogen assays required by OPTS
test rules,  it is somewhat limited by its inability to screen
for skeletal abnormalities. A screening assay for
teratogens  comparable to the  Ames assay for
mutagenicity would be desirable.

Also, SAR techniques for reproductive and developmen-
tal endpoints should be developed  and  validated. In
general, research efforts  to  improve quantification of
SAR should be supported  and expanded.

B. Dose-Response

This research area is a high priority for the TSCA pro-
gram, which relies on animal studies and short-term tests
to assess  the large volumes of chemicals that must be
screened.

Mechanistic studies  would contribute to better under-
standing of toxicity, and are important to the program for
improving  interpretation of risks to humans. More re-
search on  mechanisms by chemical class is needed. If
mechanisms are known, shorter term test methods may
be able to establish  toxicity for specific endpoints. For
example, if skin cancer is shown to be caused by dermal
contact and the proposed mechanism is interaction with
an enzyme system, enzyme changes could be  used to
screen for  effect or risk. This mechanism could be com-
pared in a number of species.

More research is needed to understand mechanisms for
classes of compounds that are nongenotoxic car-
cinogens (e.g.,  dioxins, chlorinated solvents)  and for
compounds that cause behavioral  neurotoxicity, par-
ticularly for pre- and postnatal exposure. Research col-
laboration  between industry, the  TSCA program, and
HERL, such as occurred in studying the chemical  1-1-1
trichloroethane, should be encouraged. In addition, the
program would like to have health research support that
focuses on allergic responses and how the immune
system is modified during the infectious disease state.

Finally, there is a general need for research to develop
and improve quantitative  mathematical  modeling of
dose-response data for noncancer endpoints. Some
scientists suggested that the approach currently being
used, i.e., taking no effect levels, estimating uncertainty
and employing safety factors based on orders of mag-
nitude, is somewhat unscientific because it does not
consider detailed dose-response information. One ques-
tion is whether scientific refinements will lead to real
improvements in  the  current approach.  Research is
needed to better evaluate whether the current approach
is sufficient. Compounds should be selected and tested
for a limited number of specific endpoints in the areas of
neurotoxicity,  reproductive  and developmental toxicity,
and immunotoxicity. A study design using more than two
doses needs to be built to yield a better curve. An uneven
distribution  of doses should also be considered,  with
greater clustering at low doses, to increase the statistical
power of the test in the low-dose region.

C. Exposure Assessment

Exposure assessment is currently a medium priority for
the  toxics program, but it will become a more important
issue in the future. Better information should be collected
on  adipose tissue levels of toxic substances.  These
should be monitored and entered into a surveillance pool
that is statistically representative. Information on meta-
bolites is also needed.

D. Chemical-Specific Information

This is a low priority for the TSCA program since the
program can  require  industry to test chemicals.  Any
HERL research in this area should focus on important
toxicologic endpoints for chemicals within a structural
chemical class. This was done with valproic acid, which
served as a prototype for other chemicals of the same
structure. The basic approach is to identify chemicals by
structural class and then predict  what toxicological
endpoints might be expected. Thus, an SAR concept can
be used to generate chemical-specific information.
6.3.3  Cross-Cutting Categories

A. Biological Markers

Biological markers are a medium research priority for the
TSCA program. More research on biomarkers would be
helpful, particularly for estimating exposure to  existing
chemicals. The hazard represented by the  biomarker
should be taken into consideration. Research is needed
on physiological changes that indicate exposure after the
chemical itself  is no  longer present.  Biomarkers for
neurophysiological changes that are predictive of
neurotoxic endpoints also should be developed.
                                                  58

-------
B. Pollutant Mixtures

Research on pollutant mixtures is a low priority for this
program. Most regulatory decisions are determined for
single chemicals; however, the law does consider mix-
tures. PCBs are currently the single most  important
pollutant mixtures issue for the toxics program. A new
regulatory strategy for PCBs  based  on a toxicity
equivalent factor approach is under study.

Once in the environment, PCB mixtures age, leading to
changes in the percentage of chlorination. If the relative
amounts of various congeners are determined by chemi-
cal analysis, a toxicity equivalent factor can be calculated
to estimate the toxicity of that particular mixture. Health
research of PCB fractions is needed to provide stronger
scientific support for these estimates.

The TSCA program favors a research strategy that in-
cludes bioassay-directed fractionation and tiered ap-
proaches for the components. Research should identify
specific mixture components with sentinel toxicity char-
acteristics for all types of toxicity,  and  determine how to
extrapolate the data to more refined toxicity endpoints.
This approach would be more useful to the program than
screening whole mixtures.

C. Human Data

This is a low research priority for the toxics  program
because chemicals reviewed for premanufacturing
notices may not have had any exposure prior to their
evaluation. The feasibility of generating  epidemiologic
data for new chemicals once they are approved is also
questionable since patterns and extent of exposure are
uncertain. Human data are much more useful in evaluat-
ing existing chemicals, such as asbestos, and in helping
to support new regulatory actions.
6.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

Most of the near-term emerging health research needs
for the TSCA program are in test methods development.
Because the program must screen large quantities of
different chemicals, validated methods are needed for all
important toxicotogic endpoints, particularly neurotoxicol-
ogy, immunotoxicology, and reproductive and develop-
mental  toxicity. Short-term screening  methods are
needed for all endpoints.

Mechanistic studies that will help in developing short-
term tests for specific endpoints are needed. Such data
will also contribute to the development of more biologi-
cally plausible dose-response  models for quantitative
risk assessment. Once methods have been sufficiently
developed and validated,  biomarkers of effect,  e.g.,
neurophysiologic changes that are predictive for
neurotoxic effects, should be identified and validated.

The longer term emerging health research needs will be
in  exposure assessment for existing chemicals, par-
ticularly in monitoring trends using biomonitoring surveil-
lance systems and use of metabolite data. HERL could
play a major support role in developing biomarkers for
incorporation  into health studies conducted by ATSDR
and other programs. This type of research could be used
in grouping exposed populations to examine  dose-
response relationships, or in identifying and evaluating
effects for susceptible groups.
5.3.5  Summary

Table 6-1 summarizes the health research priorities of
the TSCA  program. Hazard  identification and dose-
response issues are high research priorities. Of medium
priority are exposure-related issues and biological
markers.  Chemical-specific information, pollutant mix-
tures, and human data are low research priorities.
 Table 6-1  Important Health Research Needs and Their
           Relative Priorities for the Toxics Program
 Research Needs
Relative Priorities
 1. Hazard Identification             xxx

 2. Dose Response                 xxx

 3. Exposure Assessment            xx

 4. Chemical-Specific Information      x

 5. Biological Markers               xx

 6. Pollutant Mixtures               x

 7. Human Data                    x
 x - Low priority
 xx - Medium priority
 xxx - High priority
                                                   59

-------
                                       SECTION SEVEN
                         HAZARDOUS AND SOLID WASTE PROGRAM
7.1    Program Description

7.1.1   Introduction to Statute and Overview of
       Program Area

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA),
passed in 1976 and amended in 1980 and 1984, sets
forth the framework for EPA's comprehensive waste
management programs.  The primary goals of RCRA
are:

•   To protect human health and the environment from
    the potential hazards of mismanaged waste.

•   To conserve energy and natural resources.

•   To reduce the amount of waste generated, including
    hazardous waste.

•   To ensure that wastes are managed in an environ-
    mentally sound manner.

The 1984 amendments,  referred to  as the Hazardous
and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA), significantly ex-
panded the scope of RCRA.  HSWA was created,  in
large part, in response to concerns that existing methods
of hazardous waste disposal, particularly land disposal,
were not safe. The Superfund program, described  in
Section 8, is designed to clean up uncontrolled or aban-
doned waste sites, and to respond to spills and emer-
gency releases of hazardous substances.

RCRA, including its 1984 amendments, establishes major
regulatory programs under Subtitles C, D, and I. EPA's
Subtitle C program mandates a system for controlling
hazardous waste from generation through ultimate dis-
posal. EPA's Subtitle D program establishes a system
for controlling solid waste, such as municipal solid waste.
EPA's Subtitle I program, established by HSWA, regu-
lates toxic substances and petroleum products stored in
underground tanks.
    Section 7.1.4 covers the nonhazardous waste pro-
    gram.

    Section 7.1.5 describes the program for regulating
    underground storage tanks.
7.1.2   Waste Characterization

RCRAdef ines solid waste as "garbage, refuse, or sludge
or any other waste material." According to RCRA, a solid
waste can be a solid, a semisolid, a liquid, or a contained
gas. Hazardous waste is a subcategory of solid waste.
Under RCRA, a solid waste is a hazardous waste if it
meets the following criteria:  "Because of its quantity,
concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious char-
acteristics, [it] may cause, or significantly contribute to,
an increase in mortality, or an increase in serious irre-
versible, or incapacitating reversible, illness; or pose a
substantial present or potential hazard to human health
and the environment when improperly treated, stored,
transported, or disposed of, or otherwise managed."

EPA's Subtitle D program regulates nonhazardous solid
wastes, including municipal solid waste. Subtitle D solid
waste disposal  facilities are subject to performance
standards established by the Agency to ensure that
human health and the environment are protected. EPA's
Subtitle C program regulates hazardous wastes and
includes comprehensive, stringent requirements,  not
only for disposal facilities, but also for anyone  who
generates, treats, transports  and/or stores hazardous
waste.

The law requires EPA to specify the solid wastes that are
hazardous and must be managed under the Subtitle C
program. The Agency employs two separate mechanisms
for  identifying hazardous wastes.  Wastes may be
defined  as hazardous based on  their characteristics
("characteristic wastes") or be specifically designated in
lists published by the Agency ("listed wastes").
The RCRA program is described below in four sections:    Characteristic Wastes
    Section 7.1.2 describes EPA's procedure for defining
    hazardous waste and thereby determining whether
    a waste is covered under Subtitle C.

    Section 7.1.3 describes EPA's program for regulat-
    ing hazardous waste.
A waste is hazardous if it exhibits one or more of the
following characteristics:

•   Ignltabillty - Ignitable wastes can create fires under
    certain conditions.  Examples include liquids such
    as solvents that readily catch fire, and friction-sensi-
    tive substances.
                                                 61

-------
•   Corrositlvlty - Corrosive wastes include those that
    are highly acidic or basic and those that are capable
    of corroding metal (such  as tanks, containers,
    drums, and barrels).

•   Reactivity  -  Reactive wastes are those that are
    unstable under normal conditions.  They can create
    explosions  and/or toxic fumes, gases, and vapors
    when mixed with water.

•   Toxicity - Toxic wastes are those that are harmful
    or fatal when ingested or absorbed.  When  toxic
    wastes are disposed of on land, contaminated liquid
    may leach from the waste and pollute ground water.

Toxicity is identified  through the extraction procedure
(EP) toxicity test. This test is designed to identify wastes
likely to leach  hazardous  concentrations  of  particular
toxic  constituents (metals  and pesticides) into ground
water. During the procedure, constituents are  extracted
from the waste in a  manner designed to  simulate the
leaching actions that occur in landfills. The  extract is
then analyzed to determine if it possesses any of 14 toxic
contaminants.  If  the concentration of  any of the  toxic
constituents exceeds specified levels (which are set at
levels 10 times more stringent than the National Interim
Primary Drinking  Water Standards for those  substan-
ces), the waste  is classified as hazardous.

EPA  regulations require  that  all waste generators
evaluate their wastes to determine if  any of the four
hazardous characteristics are exhibited. Wastes exhibit-
ing these characteristics are subject to EPA's Subtitle C
hazardous waste regulations. The 1984 RCRA amend-
ments direct EPA to develop additional hazardous waste
characteristics, including measures of toxicity. They also
direct EPA to improve the EP toxicity test as a predictor
of the leachate potential of  wastes.

The Agency finalized a rule in the spring of 1990 that
requires use of a new toxicity test. This test, called the
toxicity  characteristic leaching  procedure (TCLP),  is
designed to analyze for an expanded list of constituents
compared to the EP toxicity test. EPA bases regulatory
levels for hazardous chemicals on health-based  con-
centration thresholds and dilution factors. A concentra-
tion threshold indicates how much of the  chemical
adversely affects human health, while the dilution factor
indicates how easily the chemical could seep into ground
water, possibly  contaminating drinking water  supplies.
The TCLP improves  upon  the manual  leaching proce-
dure used in the EP test through the use of mathematical
modeling. It is more precise and easier to perform  than
the EP test, and is, therefore, a more sensitive test for
some hazardous constituents of wastes.

Listed Wastes

EPA publishes lists of specific wastes determined by the
Agency to be hazardous. The lists are organized into
three categories:
 •   Source-specific  wastes - This  list  includes
    wastes from specific industries such as petroleum
    refining and wood preserving. Sludges and  waste-
    waters from treatment and production proces-
    ses in these industries are examples of source-
    specific wastes.

 •   Non-source-specific wastes - This list identifies
    wastes from common manufacturing and industrial
    processes, such as  solvents used  in degreasing
    operations in any industry.

 •   Wastes from commercial chemical production -
    This Ms includes specific  discarded commercial
    chemical products, off-specification  species, con-
    tainer residues, and spill residues, such as creosote
    and some pesticides.

 The 1984 RCRA amendments direct EPA to "list" addi-
 tional wastes, including wastes containing chlorinated
 dioxins and chlorinated dibenzofurans,  other
 halogenated dioxins and dibenzofurans, and to consider
 listing a number of other specific substances.  EPA indi-
 cates the basis for listing a  waste by employing one or
 more of the following Hazard Codes:
    Ignitable Waste

    Corrosive Waste

    Reactive Waste

    EP Toxic Waste

    Acute Hazardous Waste

    Toxic Waste
 I

C

R

E

H

T
The information upon which to base a listing is derived
from a variety of sources, including EPA criteria docu-
ments and standards.  Currently 768  substances are
"listed" wastes.

All listed wastes are presumed to be hazardous regard-
less of their concentration and must be handled in ac-
cordance with EPA's  Subtitle C  hazardous waste
regulations. However, if a firm can demonstrate that its
specific waste is not as described in the listing document,
the waste can be "delisted" on a case-by-case basis and
is then  no longer subject to Subtitle C requirements.
EPA's decision on listing or delisting of wastes is based
on an assessment of the impact of the substance on
human health and the environment, including analysis of
transport and fate, exposure, and health risks. The Health
Assessment Section in the Technical Evaluation Branch
of  the Chemical Assessment Division evaluates the
health risks posed by chemicals and provides informa-
tion on levels considered to be safe and on levels that
pose health risks. A delisted waste is still covered by the
characteristic rules.
                                                  62

-------
 Exclusions

 Some wastes are specifically excluded from RCRA re-
 quirements. These exclusions include:

 •   Domestic sewage.

 •   Irrigation waters or industrial discharges permitted
    under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act.

 •   Certain nuclear or  nuclear by-product material as
    defined by the Atomic Energy Act.

 •   Mining overburden returned to the mine site.

 •   Cement-kiln dust waste.

 •   Fly ash, bottom ash waste, slag waste, and flue-gas
    emission control waste from fossil fuel combustion.

 •   Household wastes,  including waste containing toxic
    constituents.

 •   Agricultural wastes, excluding some pesticides.

 •   Small quantity wastes (that is, wastes from busi-
    nesses  generating  less than 100 kg [220  Ib] of
    hazardous waste per month).

 The 1984 RCRA amendments mandate review of some
 excluded categories. EPA is currently investigating a
 number of potentially hazardous wastes to determine if
 they should be regulated or regulated differently. These
 include:

 •   Medical wastes - These wastes consist of syringes,
    needles, plastic tubing, and other medical debris
    from  hospitals, doctors' offices,  clinics, and
    laboratories. Congress has passed legislation re-
    quiring EPA to  set up a demonstration program for
    tracking medical wastes from their generation to
    disposal. Based on the results of the program, EPA
    will develop regulations to ensure that medical wastes
    are handled and disposed of properly.

 •   OH and gas drilling wastes - These wastes consist
    of water, mud,  and brine  contaminated with
    petroleum and heavy metals. Although these wastes
    are  not now classified  as  hazardous, EPA will
    develop regulations for these wastes and work with
    States to improve their regulatory programs.

•   Hazardous waste fuels - EPA is developing rules
    to control the burning of hazardous waste fuels in
    boilers and industrial furnaces. The rules would apply
    to all boilers and industrial furnaces  except those
    burning extremely small quantities of wastes.

•   Mining waste - This waste is produced by the smelt-
    ing and refining of ores and minerals.  EPA is con-
    ducting a study to determine which wastes (if any)
    should remain exempt from hazardous waste
    regulation.  The Agency also is developing regula-
    tions for other mining wastes, including those from
    the mining of metallic ores, asbestos, phosphate
    rock, uranium, and oil shale.

 Responsibilities of Hazardous Waste Generators

 A generator is the facility owner, operator, or person who
 first produces a waste or first causes a waste to become
 subject to RCRA regulations (e.g., imports a hazardous
 waste, initiates a shipment of  hazardous wastes, or
 mixes hazardous wastes with different Department of
 Transportation [DOT] shipping  descriptions by placing
 them into a single container). Generators must deter-
 mine if their waste is hazardous and must oversee the
 ultimate fate of the waste, as explained in 7.1.3 below.

 "Small quantity generators" are exempt from most of the
 RCRA hazardous waste requirements. Prior to the 1984
 RCRA amendments, only those generators of more than
 1,000 kg (2,200 Ib)  per month were subject to RCRA
 regulations.  EPA regulations effective in March 1986
 changed the regulated minimum to 100 kg (220 Ib) per
 month, equivalent to about one-half of a 55-gallon drum.
 1PA is currently conducting an educational program to
 inform businesses about these requirements.
 7.1.3  The Hazardous Waste Program (Subtitle C)

 RCRA Subtitle  C regulations are designed to ensure
 proper management of hazardous waste from "cradle to
 grave" - from the moment waste is generated until  its
 ultimate disposal.  This approach has  three key ele-
 ments:

 •   A tracking system requiring that a uniform manifest
    document accompany any transported hazardous
    waste from the point of generation to the point of final
    disposal.

 •   An identification and permitting system that enables
    EPA and the States to assure the safe operation of
    all facilities  involved in the treatment, storage, and
    disposal of hazardous waste.

 •   A system of restrictions and  controls on the place-
    ment of hazardous waste on  or into the land.

 Tracking System

 Once a generator determines that a waste is  hazardous,
 he or she must  obtain an EPA identification  number for
 each site at which the waste is generated. Generators
who dispose of  hazardous waste off site must properly
package the waste to prevent leakage from containers
during  transport, and must  label the waste to enable
transporters, public officials, and emergency responders
to rapidly identify the waste and its hazards.

To track the approximately 12 million tons of hazardous
waste transported off site to treatment, storage, or dis-
posal facilities,  EPA requires generators to prepare a
                                                  63

-------
Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest. This form identifies
the type and quantity of waste, the generator, the
transporter, and the facility to which the waste is being
shipped.

The  manifest is  part of a controlled tracking system.
Each time the waste  is transferred (e.g., from one
transporter to another transporter), the manifest must be
signed to acknowledge receipt of the waste. A copy of
the manifest is retained by each link in the transportation
chain.  Once the waste is delivered to the designated
facility, the owner of that facility must return a copy of the
manifest to  the  generator to confirm  that the waste
arrived.

If the waste does not arrive as scheduled, generators
must contact the transporter and/or  the  designated
facility to determine the whereabouts of the waste. If the
manifest is not received within 45 days, the generator
must submit an  exception report to the EPA Regional
Administrator describing efforts taken to locate the wastes
and the results of these efforts.

Generators must retain copies of the manifest for 3 years
after shipment.  Every other year generators must also
provide the EPA or their authorized State agency with
information on their activities during the previous year,
including:

•   EPA identification number and  name of each
   transporter used throughout the year.

•   EPA identification number, name,  and address  of
   each offsite treatment, storage, or disposal facility to
   which waste  was sent during the year.

•  Quantities and  nature of the  hazardous wastes
   generated.

•  Efforts taken to reduce the volume or toxicity of the
   wastes generated.

•  Changes in  volume or toxicity that were actually
   achieved, as compared with those achieved in pre-
   vious years.

Generators who treat, store, or dispose of their hazard-
ous waste on site also must submit a biennial report
describing the type and quantity of waste the facility
handled during the year and the method(s) of treatment,
storage, or disposal used.

Permitting System

The treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (TSDFs)
that receive  hazardous waste from the transporter are
subject to an EPA permitting system to ensure their safe
operation. All treatment, storage, and disposal facilities
are part of this permitting system except:

•   Farmers disposing of pesticides from their own use.
•   Owners and operators of totally enclosed treatment
    facilities.

•   Owners and operators of neutralization units or was-
    tewater treatment plants.

•   Persons responding to emergency hazardous waste
    spills or discharges.

•   Owners and operators of facilities that reuse,
    recycle, or reclaim hazardous  waste.  (Wastes
    generated during the recycling/reuse process must
    be evaluated to determine whether they are hazard-
    ous.)

•   Generators accumulating  waste  within certain
    specified time periods.

•   Transporters storing manifested wastes for less than
    10 days.

TSDFs must meet standards of performance (40 CFR
264 and 265) and permit requirements  (40 CFR 270).
TSDFs must  obtain a separate permit  for each solid
waste management unit (SWMU) within  the facility.
When applying for a permit, operators have to meet the
information requirements in 40 CFR 270.4, which require
that the owner/operator take soil and water samples in
SWMUs that are already in operation and  analyze the
samples to determine  whether they  exceed the maxi-
mum soil concentration limits for water or the maximum
soil concentrations for  soil.  These concentration limits,
which are health based, are set by the Health Assess-
ment Section; the limits are codified in the Risk Facility
Investigation Guide, which is part of the Corrective Action
Rule.  If exceeded, a facility investigation is triggered,
which could result in corrective action.

In addition, owners or operators of TSDFs must:

•   Verify identity of wastes prior to treatment, storage,
    or disposal to ensure proper treatment. (The wastes
    will have already been determined as hazardous by
    the generator who would have consulted the hazard-
    ous wastes  list and the characteristic hazardous
    waste definitions in order to make this determina-
    tion.)

•   Prevent the entry of unauthorized personnel into the
    facility by installing fences and surveillance systems
    and by posting warning signs.

•   Periodically inspect the facility to determine if there
    are any problems.

•   Adequately train employees.

•   Prepare a contingency  plan for emergencies (i.e.,
    any imminent or actual release,  fire, or explosion)
    and establish other emergency  response proce-
    dures.
                                                  64

-------
•   Comply with the manifest system and with reporting
    and recordkeeping procedures.

•   Comply  with performance-based, engineering re-
    quirements that are established for each individual
    facility by the Office of Solid Waste.

•   Comply with design and technology requirements,
    such as installing double liners and leachate detec-
    tion and collection systems.

•   Comply with location standards that include fkxxjplain,
    earthquake, and hydrotogical considerations.

TSDFs must also comply with closure and post-closure
requirements, including:

•   Acquiring financial assurance mechanisms (such as
    trust funds, surety bonds, or letters of credit) to pay
    lor completion of all operations.

•   Demonstrating their ability  to pay for 30 years of
    ground-water  monitoring, waste system main-
    tenance, and security measures  after the facility
    closes. The TSDF must keep a record of the monitor-
    ing data on site. The trigger levels can change if new
    data become available.

•   Obtaining  liability  insurance to cover  third-party
    damages that may arise from accidents or waste
    mismanagement.

In addition, to ensure clean closure, TSDFs must reach
cleanup levels specified by EPA. Based on the  con-
centrations of contaminants at the site, and assuming
100 percent absorption of those chemicals, EPA deter-
mines the health risk posed by the site. This risk is then
compared to  health-based  standards,  which are
developed by  the  Chemical Assessment Division,  to
determine the cleanup  levels. In the future, EPA hopes
to make cleanup levels more  site  specific based on
improved pharmacokinetic, bioavailability, and exposure
data that allow  cleanup levels to reflect absorption more
accurately.

Under the RCRA statute, the TSDF cannot get a permit
without  public  hearings. At these hearings, the  EPA
provides all necessary information.

Land Disposal Restrictions

One goal of the 1984 RCRA amendments was to tighten
restrictions on land disposal of hazardous waste and to
give impetus to the development of more environmental-
ly sound waste disposal methods. These amendments
mandated EPA to develop regulations to (1) minimize
wastes by reducing, recycling, and treating them; (2) ban
unsafe, untreated wastes from land disposal; (3) require
that land disposal facilities be designed, constructed,
and operated according to strict standards; and (4) re-
quire corrective action for releases of hazardous waste
into the environment.
Waste Reduction, Recycling, and Treatment

Hazardous waste generators must certify that they have
taken steps to reduce the volume of hazardous waste
they generate.  Generators  may reduce their waste
volume through manufacturing process changes, source
separation,  recycling,  raw material substitution,  or
product substitution.  Generators also may treat waste
prior to disposal to reduce the waste volume or eliminate
the waste's hazardous constituents.  EPA is sponsoring
research on  new treatment  technologies to destroy,
detoxify, or incinerate hazardous waste; on ways to
recover and reuse hazardous waste; and on methods to
reduce the volume of hazardous waste requiring treat-
ment or disposal.

Banning Unsafe Wastes from Land Disposal

The 1984 RCRA amendments require EPA to examine
all hazardous wastes to determine  if any  should be
banned from land disposal. The amendments prohibit
the land disposal of untreated hazardous wastes unless
EPA finds that there will be "no migration of  hazardous
constituents...for as long as the wastes remain hazard-
ous."

The RCRA amendments set strict deadlines for deter-
mining whether wastes  should be restricted from land
disposal. They required EPA to complete its determina-
tion fordioxins and certain solvents by November 1986,
and for liquid  hazardous wastes containing certain me-
tals, cyanides, polychlorinated  biphenyls (PCBs),
halogenated organic compounds, or acid wastes by July
1987. EPA completed assessing all of the listed wastes
by May 1990.

If a waste is restricted from land  disposal,  it must be
treated and rendered less hazardous before it can be
disposed of on land. Thus, EPA's decision concerning
each group of wastes includes a "treatment standard"
for the restricted wastes.  These treatment  standards
specify a level or method  of treatment  (i.e., best
demonstrated available technology, BOAT), which
substantially  reduces the  toxicity or mobility of the
hazardous constituents so as to  minimize  long-term
threats to human health and the environment.  The
Technology  Branch in  the Waste  Management
Division  selects the BOAT; they choose  whatever
available technology  reduces the toxicity and mobility
of the waste the most. Although health considerations
do not currently affect the  choice of technology as it
has to be BOAT, in the future new regulations will allow
cleanup levels based on health criteria. These new
regulations may,  in  some cases,  allow the use  of
non-BDAT technology as long as it is capable of meet-
ing  health-based levels. (At the  present, the use  of
some BOAT results in  chemical  concentrations that
are below health-based concentrations of the chemi-
cals, resulting in cleanup "over kill.")
                                                 65

-------
Standards for Land Disposal Facilities

The 1984 RCRA amendments provide  several new
restrictions and standards for land disposal facilities to
ensure more thorough protection of the  environment,
particularly ground water. These include:

•   Banning liquids from landfills.

•   Banning underground injection of hazardous waste
    within 1/4 mile of a drinking water well.

•   Requiring more stringent structural and design con-
    ditions for landfills and surface  impoundments, in-
    cluding  two or more  liners, leachate collection
    systems above and between the liners, and ground-
    water monitoring.

•   Requiring cleanup or corrective  action if hazardous
    waste leaks from a facility.  The cleanup levels are
    determined on a case-by-case basis.

•   Requiring  location standards that  protect human
    health and the environment; for example, allowing
    disposal facilities to be constructed only in suitable
    hydrogeologic settings.

Corrective  Action Requirements for Hazardous
Waste Releases

The 1984 RCRA amendments require that all Subtitle C
facilities take corrective action for any release of hazard-
ous waste or constituents  into the  environment. The
amendments  provide an administrative order that
enables EPA or an authorized State to require corrective
action (such as repairing liners or pumping to remove a
plume of contamination) when there has been a release.
EPA or the State may  require corrective action beyond
the facility boundary, and may require corrective action
regardless of when waste was placed at a facility. The
extent of cleanup required by the corrective  action is
determined by EPA or the State on a case-by-case basis.
The amendments also require that  Subtitle C facilities
provide financial assurance that they can  complete the
corrective action.

The Role of the States In Hazardous Waste Management

RCRA encourages States to develop and  run their own
hazardous waste  programs as an alternative to direct
EPA management. For a State to have jurisdiction over
its hazardous waste program, it must receive  approval
from EPA showing that its program is at least as stringent
as  the EPA program.  States that  are authorized to
operate  RCRA programs oversee the hazardous waste
tracking system, operate the permitting  system for haz-
ardous waste facilities, and act as the enforcement arm
when an individual or  company practices illegal waste
management. EPA may assist these States in enforcing
the law, and EPA acts directly to enforce  RCRA in States
that do not have authorized programs.
7.1.4  The Nonhazardous Waste Program

Subtitle D wastes are solid wastes not subject to hazard-
ous waste regulations under Subtitle C. These include:

•   Municipal solid waste.

•   Industrial waste.

•   Small quantity generator hazardous waste.

•   Municipal sludge.

•   Construction and demolition waste.

•   Agricultural waste.

•   Oil and gas waste.

•   Mining waste.

Subtitle D of RCRA establishes a framework for coor-
dinating Federal, State, and local government manage-
ment of nonhazardous  solid wastes.  EPA establishes
the regulatory direction and provides technical assis-
tance to the States and Regions for planning and
developing environmentally sound waste management
practices.  The  actual planning, regulation, and  im-
plementation of solid waste programs under Subtitle D
are State and local functions.

Guidelines for State Solid Waste Management Plans
(40 CFR Part 256)

On July 31, 1979, EPA promulgated guidelines under
RCRA for the development and implementation of State
solid waste management plans. These guidelines sug-
gest minimum requirements for State plans and describe
the procedures for State plan adoption, submission, and
approval by EPA. The guidelines set forth recommenda-
tions for solid waste disposal and resource conservation
and recovery programs, facility planning and implemen-
tation activities, and public participation.  Through  the
State solid waste management plan, the State:

•   Identifies  an overall strategy for protecting public
    health and the environment from potential adverse
    effects of solid waste disposal.

•   Specifies efforts for encouraging resource recovery
    and resource conservation.

Criteria for Sanitary Landfills (40 CFR Part 257)

On September 13,1979, EPA promulgated national per-
formance standards for the protection of public health
and the environment from solid waste disposal facilities.
These standards establish the level of protection neces-
sary to ensure that "no reasonable probability of adverse
effects on health or the environment" will result from
operation of the facility.  A facility that meets the criteria
is classified as a "sanitary landfill"; a facility in violation
                                                 66

-------
is classified as an "open dump" and must be upgraded
or closed. The criteria include the following:

•   A facility or practice shall employ special controls for
    location in floodplains.

•   A facility or practice shall not cause discharges to
    surface waters or wetlands that are in violation of
    Section 402 or 404 of the Clean Water Act.

•   A facility shall not cause ground-water contamina-
    tion (particularly of underground drinking water sour-
    ces).   To "contaminate"  means to introduce a
    substance that would cause the concentration of that
    substance in ground water to exceed the maximum
    contaminant level (MCL) specified by EPA's drinking
    water regulations, or to increase the concentration
    of that substance in ground water where it  already
    exceeds the MCL.

•   A facility or practice shall have specific restrictions
    on waste application to land used for food chain
    crops.  These restrictions are designed to safeguard
    against possible  health hazards from cadmium or
    polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) entering the food
    chain.

•   Afacility or practice shall meet specific requirements
    for disease vector controls.

•   Afacility or practice shall not engage in open burning
    of waste.

•   A facility or practice shall have specific requirements
    for  safety provisions to control explosive gases,
    fires, bird hazards to aircraft, and public access to
    the facility.

Implementation and  enforcement of these criteria are
primarily the  responsibility  of State and local govern-
ments.  In addition, private citizens may bring actions in
Federal court to enforce the criteria.

Inventory of Open Dumps

EPA has published a listing of facilities that States have
identified as failing to meet the criteria of 40 CFR  Part
257. This inventory has two major functions:

•   To inform Congress and the public about the extent
    of the problem presented by  disposal facilities that
    do  not adequately protect public health and the
    environment.

•   To provide an agenda for action by identifying prob-
    lem facilities routinely used for disposal that should
    be addressed by State solid waste management
    plans.
1984 RCRA Amendments

The 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments
modified Subtitle D in several ways.  HSWA requires
EPA to conduct a study of the extent to which the existing
standards applicable to solid waste management and
disposal facilities are adequate to protect human health
and the environment from ground-water contamination.
The amendments also direct EPA to revise the Subtitle
D criteria by March 31,  1988, for facilities that receive
household hazardous waste or hazardous waste from
small quantity generators (effectively all municipal waste
disposal facilities).

EPA published its evaluation of existing Subtitle D facility
standards, and its proposed revisions to the standards, on
August 30, 1988. The proposal concluded that existing
criteria lacked several regulatory provisions necessary to
protect  human health and the environment,  including
ground-water  monitoring, corrective action,  methane
monitoring, location restrictions, closure and postclosure
care, and financial assurance.  EPA proposed a perfor-
mance-based standard addressing these issues that would
effectively require additional controls to ensure the environ-
mental safety of Subtitle D facilities.

HSWA also required each State to establish (by November
1987) a permit program or other system of prior approval
for facilities receiving small amounts of hazardous waste.
(These permit programs do not require risk assessments.)
If a State fails to implement such a system by September
31, 1989, EPA is given authority to enforce the revised
criteria at facilities accepting household hazardous waste
or small quantity generator waste.

Encouraging  Effective Waste Management

In addition to technical standards for solid waste facilities,
EPA's Subtitle  D effort includes a number of programs to
reduce the quantity, cost, and  environmental impact of
municipal solid waste. These programs include:

•   Establishing a national goal of a 25 percent reduc-
    tion in the  generation of municipal solid waste.

•   Encouraging waste reduction and recycling through
    information programs and planning assistance aimed
    at State and local governments,  corporations, and
    individuals.

•   Consideration of regulatory and nonregulatory  op-
    tions to reduce the toxicity of wastes.

•   Establishing procurement  policies by government
    agencies that emphasize the use of recycled products.

•   Evaluation of measures to stimulate demand  for
    recycled materials.

These programs, aimed at reducing the generation and
toxicity of wastes, will be a major focus of the Subtitle D
program in the future.
                                                   67

-------
7.1.5   Underground Storage Tanks Program

Subtitle I of HSWA directed EPA to develop a com-
prehensive program to  protect public  health and  the
environment from  leaking underground storage  tanks
(USTs). The amendments required EPA to develop and
enforce regulations governing underground  storage
tanks containing hazardous substances or petroleum
products. These regulations exclude:

•   Certain farm and residential motor fuel tanks.

•   Heating oil tanks for onsite use.

•   Septic tanks.

•   Stormwater or wastewater collection systems.

•   Pipeline facilities.

•   Flow-through process tanks.

•   Liquid traps or associated gathering lines directly
    related to oil or gas production operations.

•   Storage tanks in  an underground area such as  a
    basement, if the tank is on or above the floor surface.

HSWA set forth a rigid schedule for EPA to develop the
LIST program. EPA is currently implementing a program
that includes a massive tank notification program, a ban on
new unprotective tanks,  and technical standards for new
and existing tanks.  EPA also is assisting States in design-
ing their own LIST programs to operate in lieu of the Federal
program. Health data are not used in this program.
7.2    Program Organization

The Office of Solid Waste (OSW) within the Office of
Solid  Waste and  Emergency  Response  (OSWER)
manages EPA's hazardous and  nonhazardous waste
programs. The Office of Waste Programs Enforcement,
also within OSWER,  directs the enforcement of these
programs.   Both  these  offices are located in  EPA's
Washington, D.C., Headquarters.  OSW consists of a
Director's Office, several offices and staffs, and three
operating divisions (Figure 7-1), as listed below:

•  Office Director

•  Office of Program Management and Support

•  Office of Policy, Planning, and Information

•  Municipal Solid Waste Task Force

•  Waste Minimization Staff

•  Permits and State Programs Division

•  Waste Management Division

•  Characterization and Assessment Division
 Figure 7-1. Organizational Chart for Office of Solid
           Waste (OSW)
 Office Director
 Sylvia K. Lowrance
 (202) 382-4627
 Office of Program
 Management and
 Support
 Jim O'Leary
 (202) 382-4697
  Office of Policy,
  Planning, and
  Information
  Loretta Marzetti
  (202) 475-9391
  Municipal Solid
  Waste Task Force
  Bruce Weddle
  (Acting)
  (202) 475-9872
  Waste Minimization
  Staff
  Jim Lounsbury
  (202) 382-4807
  Permits and State
  Programs Division
  Devereaux Barnes
  (202) 475-7276
  Waste Management
  Division
  Russell H. Wyer
  (202) 382-6972
  Characterization
  and Assessment
  Divisbn
  David Bussard
  (202) 382-4637
Oversees alll OSW programs
including Subtitles C and D.
Assists Director in manage-
ment and oversight of OSW
programs; manages resouces,
communications, and training
functions.
Performs policy development
including economic analysis
and information management.
Develops municipal solid
waste policy including Subtitle
D regulations.
Directs activities for programs
designed to  reduce waste
generation.
Oversees State solid waste
programs; develops and is-
sues regulations involving
facility permitting procedures.
 Develops technical standards
 for TSD facilities; develops
 guidelines for corrective ac-
 tion; assesses waste treatment
 options; develops  Agency
 strategy for "special* waste
 (e.g., oil and gas wastes).
 Provides lexicological support
 for all OSW programs; defines
 and  lists hazardous wastes;
 and  develops land  disposal
 restrictions.
The  Health Assessment Section within the Charac-
terization and Assessment Division uses health data in
developing criteria and guidance for performing site risk
assessments. The site assessments are then conducted
by EPA Regional personnel and by State agencies. The
                                                    68

-------
 risk  assessments are performed both on a site- and
 chemical-specific basis. (See Sections 7.1.2 and 7.1.3.)

 The organization and functioning of OSW is illustrated
 below for three program activities:

 •   Development of technical standards for Subtitle C
    facilities.

 •   Development of Subtitle D criteria.

 •   Development of medical waste tracking standards.


 7.2.1   Development of Subtitle C Facility Standards

 The  Land Disposal Branch of the Waste Management
 Division in OSW develops technical requirements for
 Subtitle C facilities. Since these requirements are purely
 technical, health information is not included in the
 process. A number of technical standards have been or
 will soon be developed, including:

 •   Liner requirements.

 •   Leak detection requirements.

 •   Requirements for containerized liquids.

 •   Location standards.

 •   Ground-water  monitoring and analysis require-
    ments.

 •   Closure requirements.

 In general, standards development is directed by a staff
 person within the branch under the guidance of a large
 working group. For the double liner standard (proposed
 in March 1986), for example, several other groups within
 EPA provided substantial input:

 •   Engineering studies of  liner materials were con-
    ducted at the Office of Research and Development's
    (ORD's) Cincinnati facility.   These included  an
    analysis of the probability of leaks using various liner
    materials.

•   Accelerated testing of liner materials was also per-
   formed at ORD Cincinnati.

•   Economic impact analysis was conducted by the
   Office  of Policy, Planning, and Information in OSW.

•  Additional technical advice and input was provided
   by other working group members.

 Using the above information sources, the Land Disposal
 Branch prepared a draft rule and responded to EPA and
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) suggestions.
The branch then managed the response to public com-
 ments and promulgation of the final rule.
 7.2.2   Development of Subtitle D Criteria

 The Municipal Solid Waste Task Force manages the
 development of Subtitle D criteria. The Subtitle D rule,
 proposed in 1988, included requirements for facility
 design, ground-water monitoring, and financial as-
 surance. Like the development of standards for Subtitle
 C facilities, the development of these standards is ac-
 complished  with technical input  from the  ORD labs.
 These standards are revisited as necessary.

 The Municipal Solid Waste Task Force developed the
 proposed rule with the  extensive involvement  of the
 working  group,  which included representation from
 throughout the Agency including the Office of General
 Counsel, the Office of Policy Planning and  Evaluation,
 the Office of Research and Development, and the Office
 of Waste Programs Enforcement. ORD's Cincinnati lab
 was extensively involved in the design criteria, including
 liner requirements.  Some of the liner analyses con-
 ducted in conjunction with the development of Subtitle C
 regulations were relevant also to the Subtitle D rulemak-
 ing. ORD's  Las Vegas  laboratory provided technical
 support in developing the ground-water protection parts
 of the regulation.

 The draft rule received more than 350 public comments.
 The task force is currently developing its response to
 comments, again with the support of the working group
 members.
7.2.3   Development of Medical Waste Tracking
        Standards

The Waste  Characterization  Branch of the Charac-
terization and Assessment Division in OSW developed
EPA's medical waste tracking regulations, which were
promulgated on March 24, 1989. The waste tracking
regulations were atypical in that a final rule was promul-
gated without the normal proposal and public comment
period. This procedure was expressly allowed under the
Medical Waste Tracking Act of 1988.

Because the rule was promulgated directly, the Waste
Characterization Branch convened an interagency work-
ing group to provide extensive input during the rulemak-
ing process. This group  included  members of the
regulated community; representatives of trade associa-
tions including the American Medical Association and the
American Hospital Association; State government repre-
sentatives including public health officials; other Federal
agencies including the National Institute of Health and
the Centers for Disease Control; and other EPA offices
including the Office of General Counsel and the Office of
Waste Programs Enforcement.

In developing the regulations,  the Waste  Charac-
terization Branch obtained input from the working group,
and also conducted the following activities:
                                                  69

-------
•   Contacted virtually every State to get information on
    their medical waste tracking programs.

•   Obtained detailed information and  input from 10
    States as specified in the statute.

•   Held two meetings with  State officials to discuss
    regulatory and implementation issues.

•   Held a meeting with government agency officials,
    professional association representatives, and other
    interested parties  concerning waste definition and
    segregation,  packaging, and  reporting require-
    ments.

•   Discussed the proposed  tracking program with the
    government of Canada and the International Joint
    Commission.

Based on the results of these meetings and analyses
conducted by the branch subsequent to the meetings,
the medical waste tracking and management standards
were prepared and promulgated.
7.3.    Health Research Needs

7.3.1   Introduction

The Office of Solid Waste (OSW) establishes concentra-
tions of contaminants in certain wastes as hazardous;
these levels are  health-based.  Once a substance is
defined as a hazardous waste, it enters the regulatory
system.   When  establishing health-based standards
under RCRA, the Agency must use levels set in other
EPA programs, for example, the Maximum Contaminant
Level (MCL) set  by the drinking water program.  The
health-based standards from other program areas,
therefore, drive RCRA program decisions. The program
will soon propose a new rule for listing hazardous waste
based on health criteria and standards, e.g., an RfD that
can then be used as the starting point for a risk assess-
ment that  is directly  applicable to  RCRA-related ex-
posure  scenarios. This rule will be referred to as the
toxicity characteristic rule.
 7.3.2   Major Research Categories

 A. Hazard Identification

 Hazard identification is currently a medium priority for
 this program, largely because HERL has already made
 significant contributions in this area.  Additional efforts
 should focus on validating existing methods. Better es-
 timates of predictive value are needed, particularly for
 serious  effects. For example,  there  are many un-
 answered questions relating to chronic toxicity testing:
 Are limited time intervals, such as 90 days or 45 days,
 sufficient for predicting all long-term damage? In what
 time frame must tests be conducted to ensure that all
 lexicological damage will be found?  Health research
 scientists should reexamine standard  protocols, e.g.,
90-day tests, acute toxicity range-finding tests, etc., to
determine whether there are variations that could yield
more information and to identify sensitive endpoints that
could shorten tests.

The changing character of waste streams makes it dif-
ficult to sample and analyze for all chemical constituents
and for all temporal variations.  New short-term tests are
needed to screen and routinely monitor waste streams
for compliance. These methods would be useful because
they could be applied in the field or in the laboratory and
would be direct, health-based indicators of risk. New
methods are  particularly needed for noncancer
endpoints, such as birth defects, neurotoxicity, and hy-
persensitivity.

B.  Dose Response

Dose response is a high research priority for the RCRA
program.  To improve the validity  of risk assumptions,
clearer rationale is needed for extrapolation from one
route or  dose  or duration to another.  Information for
predicting inhalation risks from oral toxicity data is espe-
cially needed.  Research is also needed on the scientific
basis for reference doses (RfDs) and potency values.

More data on  bioavailability would  be very useful in
establishing media-specific RfDs. Many compounds
present different  hazards in different  media because
absorption can vary considerably.  The program has a
great need for more refined  information on  metal
bioavailability since  metals  are commonly encountered
pollutants in RCRA-regulated waste streams. At present,
metals are grouped together for risk assessment. This
does not take into account information on dose response
for industrial metals and/or species of metals by different
routes of exposure.

To improve  methods  for short-term bioassays, OSW
personnel suggested that HERL examine several repre-
sentative compounds in 90-day studies for inhalation and
ingestion, compare target tissue dose  and other phar-
macokinetic data, and attempt to model these effects.

Data on ecotoxicology are also needed. These data may
be a more sensitive basis for regulation and, in combina-
tion with  health information, would more completely char-
acterize  the hazardous waste.

C.  Exposure Assessment

Exposure assessment is a high  research priority for the
RCRA program.  Since RCRA regulatory requirements
rely heavily on technology-based standards, information
is needed on the extent to which these standards control
total exposure  and their effect on  different types of ex-
posure.  For example, development of methods  for as-
sessing the effects  of short-term  and  intermittent
exposures would be useful.  Surrogates for exposure
monitoring and surveillance systems for human popula-
tions should also be explored.
                                                   70

-------
 D.  Chemical-Specific Information

 This area is a high research priority for the RCR A program.
 Technical assistance from HERL is needed particularly in
 obtaining health effects information for chemicals not in
 IRIS.  Research should be conducted to generate chemi-
 cal-specific data for metals, especially thallium, nickel, and
 vanadium.  Additional needs include media-specific RfDs
 and guidelines relating RfDs to concentrations at which
 regulatory action should be considered.  Chemical-specific
 toxicologic information would be useful in the listing process,
 cleanup criteria, and site risk assessment.
 7.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories

 A.  Biological Markers

 Biomarkers are a medium research priority for this pro-
 gram.  Of greatest interest are biomarkers of exposure,
 which would be useful in quantifying exposure, defining
 exposed populations in the vicinity of RCRA-permitted
 facilities, and reassuring enforcement staff that exposure
 is within an acceptable range. Biomarkers of effect are
 of less value to the program because  their ability to
 predict human health risk is still uncertain. HERL should
 review the most fully developed biomarkers of exposure
 for field studies and focus on the two or three that have
 the greatest potential for improvement in the shortest
 period of time.

 B.  Pollutant Mixtures

 Research on pollutant mixtures is a high priority for the
 RCRA program.   The chemicals regulated are  often
 found  in combinations that vary from relatively simple
 mixtures such as metals or metal species, to complex
 mixtures such as incinerator emissions.  Information on
 the bioavailability of mixtures in various  media and by
 various exposure  routes is essential for  refining the
 standard risk assessment default, i.e., 100 percent ab-
 sorption. Research should be conducted to address the
 toxicity of truly complex mixtures,  such  as incinerator
 emissions and  landfill leachates,  and to examine the
 scientific validity of the additivity assumption in the mixtures
 guidelines. Information on how environmental partitioning,
 i.e., fate and transport, affect the ultimate human and
 environmental risks of mixtures is also needed.

 C.  Human Data

 Human data are needed to address siting issues for
 RCRA-licensed facilities.  Key needs are the develop-
 ment of quality human data bases (e.g., epidemiological
 data  and disease and  exposure registries)  and
toxicologies! data to use in developing study protocols
that are sensitive to sentinel effects and relevant disease
outcomes.  The  Office of Emergency and Remedial
 Response would use this information to develop records
of decision and to expedite site cleanup activities. Since
ATSDR's mandate includes forming exposure and dis-
ease registries, and performing epidemiological studies
around hazardous waste sites, the generation of human
data by HERL for the RCRA program is a low priority.
In addition, a  national monitoring study similar to the
National  Health and Nutrition  Evaluation Survey
(NHANES) should be conducted for chemicals common
to incinerator and other emissions. Researchers should
choose chemicals for study for which biomarkers are
reliable.  The  program is also in need of studies that
address heightened susceptibility of the aged and the
very young.
7.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

The emerging or critical health research needs for the
RCRA program are  substantial  information on metal
toxicology, particularly as it relates to pharmacokinetics
and bioavailability, and the development of inhalation
reference doses (many  RCRA-regulated facilities in-
volve exposure via ambient air). These needs continue
to be important because of  key  data gaps  in existing
health research information.
7.3.5   Summary

Table 7-1 summarizes the research priorities of the
hazardous and  solid waste  program.  The highest
priority topics for research focus include dose-response
issues, exposure assessment, pollutant mixtures,  and
chemical-specific information.  Of medium priority are
biological markers and hazard  identification.  Human
data is a low priority category.
 Table 7-1  Important Health Research Needs and
           Their Relative Priorities for the Hazardous
           and Solid Waste Program
 Research Needs
Relative Priorities
 1. Hazard Identification

 2. Dose Response

 3. Exposure Assessment

 4. Chemical-Specific Information

 5. Biological Markers

 6. Pollutant Mixtures

 7. Human Data
       xx

       xxx

       xxx

       xxx

       xx

       xxx

       x
 x - Low priority
 xx = Medium priority
 xxx = High priority
                                                   71

-------
                                       SECTION EIGHT

                                    SUPERFUND PROGRAM
8.1    Program Description

8.1.1  Introduction to Statute and Overview of the
       Program Area

EPA's program to clean up abandoned or uncontrolled
hazardous waste sites is authorized  under the Com-
prehensive Environmental  Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980. This law, commonly
referred  to as Superfund, provides broad Federal
authority  and resources to respond directly  to releases
or threats of releases  of hazardous  substances. The
Superfund program was reauthorized in 1986 by the
enactment of the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act (SARA).

The CERCLA statute and the SARA amendments estab-
lish  a trust fund to pay for cleanup activities. The
CERCLA statute established the fund  at $1.6 billion for
the first 5 years. The SARA amendments extended the
program for 5 years and increased funding to  $8.5 billion.
As explained further below, cleanup actions may be paid
for out of the fund (i.e., fund-financed actions) or they
may be paid for directly by responsible parties.

Under the Superfund program, EPA identifies sites from
which releases of hazardous substances that could en-
danger human health or the environment might occur or
have occurred. Once a site is identified, EPA ensures
that the site is cleaned  up by the responsible parties or
by the government. Depending on the  circumstances of
the release, the site may require either a removal or a
remedial action. Removal actions tend to be short term
or temporary in nature and involve cleanup or other
actions to prevent immediate damage to public health
and the environment (e.g., an emergency response to a
hazardous materials spill). Remedial actions are usually
longer term in  nature and are designed to provide  a
permanent remedy for the release (e.g., the cleanup of
an abandoned hazardous waste site).

In implementing either removal or remedial actions, EPA
requires parties responsible for creating a  hazardous
waste problem to pay for its cleanup. In general, EPA's
first course of action is to encourage those responsible
to undertake cleanup activities. However, if an immedi-
ate problem threatens  human health, welfare, or the
environment, EPA will take action before responsibility is
determined. If EPA identifies the responsible parties but
is unable  to persuade them to undertake the cleanup,
EPA may clean up the site with Superfund dollars and
then sue the responsible parties to recover the cleanup
costs;  or EPA may issue an administrative order to
compel responsible parties to perform the cleanup with
their own funds.

EPA develops and publishes the National Oil and Haz-
ardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP)
which guides the activities of the Agency and all other
parties involved in the Superfund program. The NCP is
currently being revised to incorporate changes resulting
from the SARA amendments. The next  paragraph
describes the recently proposed NCP, which was pub-
lished in the Federal Register on December 21,1988.

The NCP identifies the responsibilities and authorities of
Federal, State, and  local governments, private industry,
and citizens. States are substantially involved in the
selection,  initiation, and development of remedial
responses.  The roles of  States and EPA are spelled out
in the EPA/State Superfund Memoranda of  Agreement
(SMOA). Under these agreements, the "lead agency"
(either EPA or a State agency) for activities under Super-
fund is identified. State governments are not authorized
to take actions that involve expenditures of Superfund
monies unless a SMOA or other appropriate contract has
been executed between the State and EPA.

EPA's Superfund program is  described in the following
four sections:

•   Section 8.1.2 describes the scope and coverage of
    the Superfund program.

•   Section 8.1.3 describes the site evaluation actions
    taken once a location is identified.

•   Section 8.1.4 describes removal actions under Su-
    perfund.

•   Section 8.1.5 describes the procedures for remedial
    actions.
8.1.2  Scope and Coverage of the Superfund
       Program

Unlike other statutes directed at protecting a specific part
of the environment (e.g., Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act),
Superfund covers all environmental media: air, surface
water, ground water,  and soil.  Under the Superfund
program, EPA responds to actual or threats of releases
into any media of hazardous substances, pollutants, and
                                                73

-------
contaminants. With only a few exceptions (e.g., environ-
mental releases permitted under other statutes), Super-
fund coverage extends to all sources of releases and all
means of entry of a substance into the environment.

Hazardous Substances

Under Superfund, a "reportable" hazardous substance is
any toxic substance or hazardous waste (excluding
petroleum and natural gas) designated under the Clean
Air Act, the Clean  Water Act, the Toxic Substances
Control Act, and  the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA). EPA must designate additional
substances as hazardous if they could present substan-
tial danger to health and the environment. EPA maintains
and updates the list of hazardous substances covered
under Superfund in 40 CFR Part 302. There are currently
715 substances on the list. Substances are automatically
added to the Superfund hazardous substances list when
they are added to any one of the statutes listed above.

Superfund also provides general authority to control any
release or threat of a release of  any pollutant or con-
taminant that may adversely affect  public health and
welfare. Pollutants or contaminants are defined as sub-
stances that, after release into the environment and upon
exposure, may cause death, disease, behavioral abnor-
malities,  cancer, genetic mutation, physiological mal-
functions, or physical deformities in an organism.

In summary, EPA's authority to respond to releases or
threats of releases under Superfund covers (1) all en-
vironmental media, (2) all sources and means of entry
into the environment, (3) all toxic substances and haz-
ardous wastes designated  under Superfund and four
other laws, and (4) any pollutant or contaminant that may
have adverse effects on human health and welfare.
8.1.3   Site Evaluation

The preremedial  activities in the Superfund program
identify those sites that represent the highest priority for
further investigation and possible cleanup actions.

Discovery and Notification

Under Superfund, any person in charge of a facility must
immediately notify EPA of a release  of a hazardous
substance (other than a Federally permitted release)
above certain specified levels  (i.e., reportable  quan-
tities). EPA has established reportable quantities for 442
of the 715 substances currently  listed under Superfund
(40 CFR 302). For hazardous substances with no estab-
lished reportable quantity, there is a statutorily imposed
reportable quantity of 1 pound.

EPA must be notified also of any facilities where hazard-
ous wastes are or have been stored, treated, or disposed
of.  Unlike release reporting, which applies to both haz-
ardous substances and wastes, the facility notice applies
only to hazardous wastes as defined under RCRA Sec-
tion 3001.
Releases also may be discovered through government
activities such as an investigation of hazardous waste
management facilities as authorized under Superfund,
notification of a release as required of a Federal or State
permit holder, inventory and survey efforts, or random or
incidental observation. The public may also initiate  a
"discovery" through a citizens' petition, inventory and
survey efforts, or incidental and random observation.

EPA maintains  a data base of current and historical
potential hazardous waste sites. The data base, known
as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Com-
pensation, and Liability Information System or CERCLIS,
contains information on potential hazardous waste sites
as well  as. sites undergoing removal and/or remedial
actions. There are currently over 30,000 sites in  the
CERCLIS data base.

Under the NCP, facility managers are directed to report
releases to the National Response Center (NRC), the
national communications center for response activities.
Once it receives notice of a release, the NRC notifies the
on-scene coordinator (OSC) predesignated by the lead
agency. Upon receiving  notification from the NRC, the
OSC notifies the Governor of the affected State.

Since State and local public safety organizations are nor-
mally the first government representatives at the scene of
a release, they are expected to initiate whatever measures
are necessary to protect public health prior to the arrival of
the OSC. Upon arriving at the scene of a release, the OSC
is responsible fordirecting response efforts. If a longer term
remedial action is warranted, a remedial project manager
(RPM),  assigned by  the lead  agency,  manages  the
remedial activities at the site. The OSC and the RPM are
responsible for coordinating their efforts with Federal,
State, local, and private response agencies.

Preliminary Assessment

Upon notification or discovery, a preliminary assessment
is undertaken by the lead agency. The preliminary as-
sessment is a quick analysis of the situation based on
readily available information. The initial objective of the
preliminary assessment is to determine whether there is
an imminent threat  requiring immediate action or
whether further  investigation of the site is  needed.  If
response can be delayed  without endangering public
health and the environment, additional time can be taken
to evaluate the site further and to identify  appropriate
parties to undertake response actions.

The preliminary assessment may involve the collection
and review of data including photographs, information on
site  management  practices, information from gener-
ators, literature searches, and personal interviews. The
preliminary assessment may also include an evaluation
by the  Agency for  Toxic Substances  and  Disease
Registry (ATSDR) or by  other appropriate parties (e.g.,
State public health  agencies) to determine the threat to
public health. ATSDR health assessments are described
in more detail in Section 8.1.5.
                                                   74

-------
Preliminary assessments are conducted for all potential
hazardous waste sites, regardless of whether a removal or
remedial response is to be undertaken at the site. The
preliminary assessment for a removal response, especially
in an emergency, tends to be a quick assessment of the
situation.  For sites identified for nonurgent removal or
remedial actions, the preliminary assessment is usually
more comprehensive. To date, preliminary assessments
have been conducted for nearly 27,000 of the 30,000 sites
identified as potential hazardous waste sites.

Site Inspection

In some cases, a site inspection is conducted as part of
the site evaluation. If a site appears to warrant further
investigation, based on  the results  of the preliminary
assessment, EPA will initiate a more detailed site inspec-
tion to evaluate whether the site poses  an  immediate
threat to people in the area or a potential threat to public
health or the environment. In the case of remedial site
inspections, inspectors collect sufficient information and
develop the data needed by EPA to  evaluate the site's
hazard potential utilizing the Hazard Ranking System
(HRS). The HRS, discussed below, is the primary mechanism
for determining the eligibility of sites for longer term fund-
financed remedial action.

The site inspection usually involves both on- and offsite
field investigation and sampling. Prior to conducting field
sampling, the  lead agency prepares  a  detailed site-
specific sampling plan which addresses the objectives
of the sampling effort and the quality of data needed to
fulfill those objectives. Upon completion  of the site  in-
spection, the lead agency prepares a report describing
the situation and presenting recommendations for fur-
ther action.

National Priorities List/Hazard Ranking System

Using data collected by or submitted to the Agency, EPA
prioritizes sites for cleanup. The National Priorities List
(NPL) is a list of those sites that appear to pose the most
serious threat to public health and the environment and
that appear to warrant remedial investigation and pos-
sible cleanup under Superfund. To date, 797 sites have
been listed on the NPL, with another 378 sites proposed
for addition. Only sites listed on the NPL are eligible  for
fund-financed remedial actions. However, sites do not
have to be listed on the NPL to be eligible for short-
term fund-financed removal actions or enforcement
actions.

In most cases, EPA places a site on the NPL based on a
score calculated using the HRS. The HRS is designed to
assess the relative degree of risk to human health and the
environment posed by potential sites rather than to provide
quantitative risk assessments.  As EPA explained in  its
introduction to the HRS, "the HRS is a means for applying
uniform technical judgment regarding the potential hazards
presented by a facility relative to other facilities. It does not
address the feasibility, desirability, or degree of cleanup
required" (53 FR 52004, December 23,1988).
Because of the need to carry out initial studies in a timely
manner,  EPA has elected to limit the complexity of the
HRS. For most sites, the data required for the HRS either
are already available or can be collected in a single site
visit.

Under the proposed NCP, EPA would calculate an HRS
score for a site by evaluating four  possible  migration
routes or "pathways":  ground water, surface water, air,
and onsite exposure. The score for each pathway  is
obtained by evaluating a set of factors (e.g., toxicity,
hazardous waste quantity, population) that characterize
the potential for the site to cause harm via the pathway.
The revised HRS would evaluate hazardous substances
and assign scores for three kinds  of toxicity:  acute
toxicity,  carcinogenicity, and chronic noncarcinogenic
toxicity (53 FR 51968, December 23,1988). The path-
way scores are combined  using a root-mean-square
approach to calculate the overall site HRS score.

The HRS system  is designed so that, if all pathway
scores are low, the HRS score will be low. On the other
hand, if only one pathway score is high, the final score
will be relatively high. This is an important feature of the
ranking system since some extremely dangerous sites
pose threats through only one pathway.

Some sites are placed on the NPL for reasons other than
a HRS score. A site can be eligible for the NPL if a State
has designated it as its highest priority. In addition, a site
may be listed on the NPL if it meets all of the following
criteria:   (1) the ATSDR has issued a Health Advisory
stating that individuals should be removed from ex-
posure to the release, (2) EPA determines the release
poses a significant threat to public health, and (3) EPA
anticipates it will be more cost effective to take remedial
instead of removal actions to respond to the release.
8.1.4   Removal Response Program

Removal Actions

EPA has broad authority to undertake whatever removal
actions are necessary to protect public health, welfare,
or the environment. Removal actions  can be imple-
mented at any site, whether or not the site is listed on the
NPL. Compared to remedial actions, removals tend to
be shorter term and less expensive. Superfund imposes
a statutory  time  limit of 1 year and a dollar limit of $2
million on individual removals. However, these limits may
be waived if (1) there continues to be an immediate risk
to human health, welfare, or the environment; (2) con-
tinued response actions are necessary to prevent, limit,
or mitigate  an emergency;  or (3)  continued response
actions will  contribute to the  performance of a long-term
remedial action. Actual or potential exposure of human
populations to hazardous substances, or to high levels
of hazardous  substances in  soils at or near the surface
that may migrate, might necessitate a removal action.
                                                  75

-------
EPA frequently undertakes removal actions in response
to an emergency situation such as a spill of hazardous
materials that threatens drinking  water supplies.
Removal actions also may be undertaken if EPA deter-
mines that a removal is consistent with later remedial
work to be conducted at the site.  Removal actions en-
compass a broad range of activities such as posting of
fences and warning signs, removal of drums or barrels
that contain hazardous wastes, and/or provision of an
alternative water supply. A list of possible removal ac-
tions is provided in section 300.415 of the NCP.

Cleanup Standards and Requirements

Both removal and remedial actions, to the extent pos-
sible, must attain or exceed applicable or relevant and
appropriate Federal  and State requirements (ARARs).
Applicable requirements are those cleanup standards;
standards of control; and other substantive environmen-
tal protection requirements, criteria, or limitations
promulgated under Federal or State law that specifically
address a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant,
remedial action,  location, or  other circumstance at a
Superfund site. Relevant and  appropriate requirements
are requirements that, while not applicable to a hazard-
ous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action,
location,  or other circumstance at a Superfund site,
address  problems or situations sufficiently similar to
those encountered at the site that their use is well suited
to the particular site. An example of a relevant  and
appropriate requirement is the use of Maximum Con-
taminant Levels from the Safe Drinking  Water Act for
ground-water cleanup.

Identification of ARARs must be done on a site-specific
basis. To provide guidance in identifying ARARs, EPA
has classified the different types  of requirements  that
Superfund actions may have to comply with:

•  Ambient or Chemical-Specific ARARS establish
   the acceptable amount or concentration of a chemi-
   cal that  may be found in, or discharged  to, the
   ambient environment.

•  Performance, Design, or other Action-Specific
   ARARs are  usually technology-  or  activity-based
   requirements or limitations on actions taken with
   respect to hazardous wastes.

•  Location-Specific ARARs are restrictions placed
   on the concentration of hazardous substances or the
   conduct of activities solely because they occur in
   special locations.

State Role

Under Superfund, EPA is obligated to consult with a State
on all removal actions to be conducted in that State. In
addition,  States  may take the lead  in  fund-financed
removal actions if a cooperative agreement exists be-
tween the State and EPA. In most cases, States are not
required to share in the cost of a fund-financed removal.
However, States are required to cover 50 percent  (or
more) of the cost of a fund-financed removal if the action
is being taken at an NPL site that was publicly operated
at the time of hazardous substances disposal.

States also are responsible for identifying to EPA, poten-
tial  ARARs for all fund-financed removal actions in a
timely manner. With only a few exceptions, Superfund
removal actions must meet State ARARs if they are more
stringent than Federal requirements.

The exceptions to the ARAR requirements are as follows:

•   The selected action is only part of a remedial action
    that will comply with the ARAR requirement upon
    completion.

•   Compliance with the ARAR  requirement would cre-
    ate even greater health or environmental risks.

•   Compliance with the ARAR requirement is technical-
    ly impractical from an engineering prospective.

•   The selected remedy will attain a standard of perfor-
    mance equivalent  to an  ARAR required standard
    through the use of another method or approach.

•   The State has not demonstrated consistent applica-
    tion of the requirement in similar circumstances.

•   In cases where the remedy  is fund-financed, meet-
    ing the ARAR standard would not provide a balance
    between the need for cleanup at  a  site  and the
    amount of funds needed to clean up other sites.
8.1.5  Remedial Response Program

Remedial Actions

Remedial actions are responses intended to provide a
permanent remedy at an NPL site. Under Superfund, the
remedy must be (1) protective of human health and the
environment, (2) cost effective, and (3) utilize permanent
solutions and alternative  treatment technologies or
resource recovery technologies to the maximum extent
possible.  In addition, Superfund establishes  a strong
preference for remedial actions that utilize  treatments
that  permanently reduce  the volume, toxicity,  and
mobility of hazardous substances. Offsite transport and
disposal without treatment is the least preferred option
when other feasible treatment  technologies are avail-
able. Potential remedial response actions include a wide
range of  activities such as excavation, ground-water
pumping, incineration, and encapsulation.

Financing Options

Superfund  creates two mechanisms for financing
remedial actions at sites where  releases have occurred
or threaten to occur: (1) the "Superfund" and (2) direct
payment by responsible parties. EPA's approach is to
first negotiate with responsible parties to persuade them
                                                 76

-------
to voluntarily clean up the site. If this is unsuccessful,
EPA can sue or issue an administrative order to compel
those responsible to clean up sites where hazardous
releases have occurred. The enforcement authorities of
Superfund also allow EPA first to implement the cleanup
and later to sue potentially responsible parties to recover
the cleanup costs. Potentially  responsible parties
(PRPs)  include present and past owners of the site,
parties who transported wastes to the site, and parties
who arranged for wastes to be disposed of or treated at
the site.

State Involvement

States are expected to pay a portion of the cost of
remedial actions undertaken at sites within their borders.
States are required  to cover 10 percent of the cleanup
costs at privately owned sites and at least 50 percent of
the costs  at publicly operated sites. States also are
required to  assume responsibility for operating and
maintaining  the implemented  remedial actions for the
expected life of the action. In addition, if the remedial
action requires offsite disposal or treatment of hazardous
substances, the State must provide assurances of the
availability of a facility in  compliance  with the require-
ments of Subtitle C of RCRA.

As mentioned previously, States also  may assume the
lead in managing cleanup activities by entering into an
EPA/State Superfund Memorandum of Agreement
(SMOA) or they may provide support in an EPA-lead
response. Even  in an EPA-lead  response, States are
actively involved throughout the remedial process. As
with removal actions, States are responsible for identify-
ing to  EPA potential  ARARs for all fund-financed
remedial actions in a timely manner.

ATSDR Health Assessment

ATSDR develops a health assessment  of Superfund
sites covered in the remedial response program. Under
SARA, ATSDR must conduct  a health assessment for
each facility listed on or proposed for inclusion on the
NPL. Health assessments may also  be performed in
response to petitions to ATSDR. The health assessment
is a qualitative evaluation used to assist in determining
whether steps should be  taken to reduce human ex-
posure  (e.g., relocation of the surrounding population,
provision of an alternative water supply) and to identify
the need for additional studies to assess the potential
human health effects associated with release. The health
assessment must be completed "to the maximum extent
practicable" before completion of the remedial investiga-
tion and feasibility study (described below).

The ATSDR health assessment  bases its preliminary
analysis of the risk to  human health on the following
factors:

•   Nature and extent of contamination.

•   Existence of potential pathways of human exposure.
•   Size and potential susceptibility of the community
    within pathways of exposure.

•   Comparison of expected human exposure levels to
    short- and long-term health effects associated with
    the  hazardous substance and available recom-
    mended exposure limits.

•   Comparison of existing morbidity/mortality data on
    diseases associated  with observed  levels  of ex-
    posure.

Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study

The remedial investigation and feasibility study (RI/FS)
process is the framework used to determine the most
appropriate, cost-effective remedy for a site. The
remedial investigation (Rl) is conducted to obtain addi-
tional information needed to identify, evaluate, and select
cleanup alternatives.  The Rl involves collecting exten-
sive data to fully characterize site conditions, determine
the nature of the waste, and assess risk to human health
and the environment; and testing to evaluate the poten-
tial performance and cost of treatment alternatives.

The feasibility study  (FS) is the analysis of remedial
alternatives  based on technological, public health, in-
stitutional, cost, and environmental factors. The FS in-
cludes  the  development, screening,  and detailed
evaluation of alternative remedial actions. A risk assess-
ment is required for each alternative cleanup method.
The Rl  and FS are conducted concurrently. Data col-
lected in the Rl influence the development of remedial
alternatives in the FS, which in turn affects the scope of
the later stages of the Rl.

The public health evaluation is an important component
of the RI/FS process. The public health evaluation com-
pares the potential hearth risks of inaction  at the site with
the health risks of remedial alternatives. There are two
key elements to the  public health evaluation:  (1) the
baseline public  health evaluation  and (2)  the public
health analysis of remedial alternatives.

A baseline public health evaluation is an analysis of the
health risks  posed by site conditions in the absence of
remedial action. While the ATSDR health assessment is
a qualitative analysis of the risks to human health, the
public health evaluation is a quantitative risk assessment
of the health risks at the site. The objective of the risk
assessment is to identify and characterize the following:

•  Toxicity and quantity  of hazardous substances
    present  in relevant media (e.g., air, ground water).

•  Environmental fate  and transport  mechanisms
    within specific environmental media.

•  Potential exposure pathways and extent of actual or
    expected exposure.

•  Potential human and environmental receptors.
                                                  77

-------
•   Extent of expected impact  or  threat and the
    likelihood of such threat occurring.

•   "Acceptable" levels of exposure based on regulatory
    and lexicological information.

The information developed in the  baseline evaluation
provides input for setting cleanup goals and developing
and evaluating remedial alternatives.

Development of health-based performance goals and
analysis of risks for remedial alternatives are the next
key elements of the  public health evaluation.  Perfor-
mance goals are the chemical concentrations targeted
for the site that will protect public health; they are site
specific.  Each goal  is  associated with a  number of
remedial alternatives; they are evaluated by compar-
ing the public health  risks associated with  each alter-
native.

If available, ARARs are used as the basis for develop-
ing target  concentration ranges for  hazardous sub-
stances at the site. When ARARs are  not available,
remedies  being  considered should  reduce ambient
chemical concentrations to levels associated with a
carcinogenic risk of 10  to 10 . For noncarcinogenic
contaminants, exposure point concentrations should
be reduced to acceptable intake levels.  Acceptable
intake levels are concentration  levels to which the
human population, including  sensitive  subgroups,  is
expected to be exposed without  appreciable risk of
adverse effects during a lifetime.

Record of  Decision

Upon the completion  of the RI/FS,  EPA must select the
appropriate cleanup option. Factors considered in deter-
mining the appropriate remedial action include:

•   Public health evaluation.

•   ATSDR health assessment.

•   Cost.

•   Technical feasibility.

•   Environmental issues.

•   Institutional issues.

The RI/FS  report and a proposed  plan for the site are
issued together for public comment. The proposed plan
describes  the remedial alternatives analyzed  and
proposes the preferred remedial action for the site. The
report also summarizes the information  relied upon  to
select the  proposed action.  All  final decisions and
responses  to public comments are entered in a legal
administrative record known as the Record  of Decision
(ROD).
Remedial Design/Action and Operation and Main-
tenance

Following the decision concerning the remedial option,
the lead agency develops engineering designs incor-
porating site-specific factors. Once the design is com-
plete, the agency solicits bids for construction contracts.
The agency may award one or more contracts depending
on the scope of the project. To date, more than 140
long-term cleanups have been initiated at Superfund
sites across the nation. In addition to the initial construc-
tion to implement the remedial action, there is often a
long-term operation and maintenance phase.  For ex-
ample, a site may require an extended program of
ground-water pumping and treatment.

Post-Closure Review

Whenever the remedial action will result in any hazard-
ous substances,  pollutants, or contaminants remaining
at the site, EPA is required to review the site at least every
5 years. This review must assure that human health and
the environment are still being protected, and if they are
not, EPA must take additional action. EPA is also required
to report to Congress on the results of all  reviews and
additional actions taken, including the location of remain-
ing hazardous substances.The actual procedures for the
5-year review are currently being developed by EPA.

Deletion from the NPL

EPA may  delete sites from the NPL when no further
response action is necessary. The site cannot be deleted
from the NPL, however, until the State in which the release
was located concurs on the proposed deletion. Once the
State agrees to the deletion, EPA must publish a Notice of
Intent to Delete in the Federal Register and provide suffi-
cient opportunity for public comment. EPA must respond to
comments and any new data submitted during the com-
ment period before publishing the Final Notice of Deletion.

SITE Program

Because of the growing concern over the use of land-
based containment technologies at  hazardous waste
sites, EPA has established a program to accelerate the
development of new treatment technologies, the Super-
fund Innovative Technology Evaluation Program (SITE).
The primary objective of SITE is to enhance the develop-
ment, demonstration, and commercial availability of in-
novative technologies at Superfund sites as alternatives
to the containment systems presently used.

Through SITE'S Emerging Technologies Program, EPA
provides  funds  to technology developers to assist in
taking a promising technology from the laboratory bench
to the pilot testing stage. A major part of SITE  is the
demonstrations program under which EPA forms joint
ventures to use fully  developed (but untested) tech-
nologies  on real Superfund sites. Technologies sup-
ported by the program include recycling, separation,
detoxification, destruction, stabilization, and handling of
hazardous wastes.
                                                  78

-------
ATSDR Toxicological Profiles

Under SARA, ATSDR is  responsible for  developing
toxicologies! information on the hazardous substances
found at Superfund sites. ATSDR with input from EPA
has prepared a list of hazardous substances most com-
monly found at facilities on the NPL and which pose the
most significant potential threat to human health. As of
October 1988, ATSDR had identified 200 such hazard-
ous substances.  ATSDR  must prepare toxicological
profiles for each of the substances identified. To date,
ATSDR has completed 25 of these toxicological profiles.
The profiles provide a rapid index  of  up-to-date
toxicological information for parties involved in evaluat-
ing hazardous waste sites.

Each  toxicological profile must include the following: (1)
a  complete study and interpretation of the  available
toxicological information and epidemiologic evaluation of
the hazardous substance; (2) a determination of whether
adequate information on the health effects of each sub-
stance exists or is being developed; (3) an identification,
where appropriate, of the  type of toxicological testing
needed to determine the levels of exposure that pose the
greatest risk to human health.
8.2    Program Organization

The Superfund program is managed by EPA's Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR) located at
EPA Headquarters in Washington, D.C. OERR oversees
as well as supports the response and cleanup activities
directed and implemented by the Regional EPA offices
or the States. In addition, OERR develops policies and
guidances for the various Superfund programs. OERR
has three divisions and a program management office
that all report to the Director (Figure 8-1). The divisions
of each OERR division are as follows:

•   Office of Program Management

•   Hazard Site Evaluation Division

•   Hazardous Site Control Division

•   Emergency Response Division

For the most part, the evaluation of and response to a
site is handled by the Regional EPA offices. Depending
on who is appointed to  the  lead agency, the  EPA
Regional office will either direct the response actions or
provide support to the State in responding to the site. For
removal actions, a predesignated on-scene coordinator
directs the response actions taken at a site. Remedial
activities are directed by a remedial project manager
(RPM) who is appointed by the lead agency.

To  illustrate how the Regional  EPA offices respond to a
hazardous waste site under Superfund, the following two
major program activities are described below:
Figure 8-1  Organizational Chart for the Office of
          Emergency and Remedial Response.
          (OERR)
 Office Director
 Henry Longest, II
 (202) 382-2180
 Office of Program
 Management
 Clem Rastatter
 (202) 382-2441
 Hazardous Site
 Evaluation
 Division
 Larry Reed
 (Acting)
 (202) 475-8602
 Hazardous Site
 Control Division
 Paul Nadeau
 (Acting)
 (202) 382-4632
 Emergency
 Response
 Division
 Stephen Luftig
 (202) 475-8720
Provides support services to
the Director and the divisions
of OEER, including policy
analysis, information system
management,  contracts ad-
ministration, and  budget
management.
Develops Agency guidances
and  policy for  Superfund
response actions including
site  assessment priorities,
data quality objectives, the
Hazard Ranking System, and
health  effects assessment
methods.
Provides guidance to regions
and  parties involved  with
remedial  actions to ensure
that the proper  level of
cleanup is achieved.
Oversees the  Superfund
removal  program   and
responds to emergency spills
of oil and hazardous substan-
ces.
  Preremedial actions including how a site is ranked
  using the Hazard Ranking System.

  Conduct of a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
  Study including the public health evaluation.
                                                  79

-------
8.2.1   Preremedlal Actions

The management of preremedial actions, described
below, is an example of how response  actions are
managed at the regional level. This example is based on
the approach to preremedial actions used in Region I and
should not be generalized to all regions. The organiza-
tional structure and approach varies from region to
region.

In Region I, all activities from discovery of a site through
listing the site on the NPL are managed by the Superfund
Support Section in the Waste Management Division. The
Waste Management  Division  is responsible for all
preremedial and remedial activities in  Region I.  The
steps taken during the preremedial phase can be sum-
marized as follows:

1. The EPA Regional office is  notified of a hazardous
waste site.

2. The Superfund Support Section contacts their State
counterpart to advise of the discovery and to determine
whether the site is really a hazardous waste site.

3. If warranted,  the site is referred to the Environmental
Services Division at the EPA Regional office for emer-
gency removal action. A site is referred to the Environ-
mental  Services  Division if  there is a  dangerous
concentration of the hazardous wastes or a threat of fire,
explosion,  or direct contact with  surrounding popula-
tions. The site will also be  referred for  emergency
removal if ATSDR gives an opinion that the site poses an
immediate threat to human health and welfare.

4. The site is entered into EPA's CERCLIS data base so
that it is eligible for Federal funding.

5. A Preliminary Assessment (PA) of the site is conducted
by either an EPA contractor or the State. The PA includes
a file search for data previously collected on the site.

6. A Site Inspection (SI) is then conducted  by the EPA
contractor or the State to identify and characterize the
hazardous wastes found at the site.

7. Using the data collected during the PA and SI, a score
is calculated for the site  using the Hazard Ranking
System (HRS).  The Superfund  Support Section feeds
the data collected during the PA and  SI into a computer
model to generate the score.  Data used  in the HRS
include  information on waste  concentration, quantity,
and migration. If needed, additional data are  collected by
either the EPA contractor, the State,  or a PRP if one or
more has been identified.

8. If the score calculated for the site is above the cutoff
score, the site will be proposed for the National Priorities
List (NPL). If the score is below the cutoff, the Superfund
Support Section will refer the site back to the State.
8.2.2   Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study

The Remedial  Investigation/Feasibility  Study (RI/FS),
described in Section 8.1.5, involves data collection to
fully characterize site conditions and a detailed evalua-
tion of treatment alternatives. The approach to the RI/FS
outlined below is also based on the experience of Region
I. For the most part, it follows the approach established
in the "Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations
and Feasibility  Studies  under CERCLA" prepared by
OERR.

In Region I, sites are prioritized for the RI/FS based on
their HRS score, the public health evaluation, enforce-
ment potential, internal EPA resources, and the available
budget. Once a site is selected for an RI/FS, a remedial
project manager (RPM) is assigned to the site. A review
team (see Table 8-1 for a list of the review team mem-
bers) is also assigned to the site to periodically review
the progress on the RI/FS and to provide expert consult-
ation during the different phases of the RI/FS. In addition,
higher level reviews are conducted by a management
review panel (see Table 8-2 for a list of the review panel
members). Region I is currently revising its RI/FS proce-
dures to incorporate additional meetings of the manage-
ment review panel earlier in the RI/FS process.

The remedial activities are managed  by the Waste
Management Division.  This  division is divided  into
geographic branches (e.g., the New Hampshire/Rhode
Island Branch) which are further divided into geographic
sections (e.g., the New Hampshire Section). The RPM
is usually a technical person who works in one of the
geographic sections.

The steps taken by the EPA Regional office in performing
an RI/FS are as follows:

1. The RPM and contractor prepare the scoping for the
RI/FS. Scoping the RI/FS includes  developing  a  site
management strategy and preparing the RI/FS Work
Plan.

2. The RPM and contractor present a briefing, as neces-
sary, on the site history and proposed site strategy to
review team members. Key issues to be discussed in-
clude feasibility, division of site remediation into operable
units, potential  for removal actions, preliminary iden-
tification of remedial alternatives, preliminary identifica-
tion of State and Federal ARARs and criteria, advisories
and guidances that should be considered, and identifica-
tion of initial data quality objectives.

3. The RPM notifies State and Federal trustees (i.e., the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the National Oceanographic
and Atmospheric Administration).

4. If potentially  responsible parties  (PRPs) have been
identified, notice is given that an RI/FS will be conducted
at the site.
                                                  80

-------
5. The contractor or PRP develops a draft RI/FS Work
Plan, which the RPM distributes to review team mem-
bers. RPMs are encouraged to  meet with each review
team member and determine the  key phases for their
involvement.

6. The RPM and the Community Relations Coordinator
from the Office of Public Affairs prepare a community
relations plan.

7. The RPM develops a calendar schedule for the RI/FS.

8. If necessary, a briefing is held on the Work Plan for
review team members and the Office of Public Affairs. A
site visit is held for interested team members.

9. The review team submits comments on the draft Work
Plan to the RPM. The RPM compiles comments  and
submits them to the contractor or  PRP. The final Work
Plan  must be reviewed by the Office  of Quality  As-
surance in the Environmental Services Division prior to
approval by the RPM.

10. The  final Work Plan is released to the public in
cooperation with the Community Relations Coordinator.

11. The RPM ensures that an administrative record file
has been compiled and is made available to the public
at the Regional offices and at a repository near the site.

12. The contractor or PRP performs Phase I of the Rl.
Once the data are  collected under the Site  Charac-
terization portion  of  Phase I,  the contractor or PRP
prepares a Risk Assessment. The preparation of the Risk
Assessment is overseen by the RPM and the Regional
Risk  Assessment Specialist.  The  Risk Assessment
Specialist is part of the Superfund Support Section  and
provides expert advice on risk  assessment to all  the
geographic branches in Region I.

13. The RPM receives the draft Rl from the contractor or
PRP. Included with the draft Rl is a list of the chemical-
and location-specific ARARs that have been identified.
Both documents are distributed to  the review team  and
the State with a deadline for review and comment.

14. The review team provides comments on the draft Rl
to the RPM. The RPM  compiles the  comments  and
forwards them to the contractor or PRP. The  RPM  en-
sures that the requested changes are made to the Rl.

15. The Site Characterization, part of the Rl, is submitted
to the Agency for  Toxic Substances and  Disease
Registry (ATSDR) to be used in the ATSDR health as-
sessment for the site.

16. The Site  Characterization is submitted to the  En-
vironmental Services Division for review and, if neces-
sary,  emergency action.  The  RPM is contacted if
emergency action is required at the site.
Table 8-1   Review Team Members

RPM

Staff Attorney, Office of Regional Counsel

Geographic Section Chief

State Representatives

Trustees of Natural Resources (i.e., U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, National Oceanographic and Atmos-
pheric Administration)

Hydrologic Review Team from the Superfund Support
Section of the Waste Management Division

Risk Assessment Representative from the Superfund
Support Section of the Waste Management Division

RCRA Policy Representative within the Geographic
Branch

Water Division Review Team

Air Division Review Team

Air Section of the Environmental Services Division  (Ex-
pertise in onsite monitoring)

Representatives from the Quality Assurance/Quality Con-
trol Office of the Environmental Services Division

ATSDR Regional Representative

Responsible Party Coordinator

Community Relations Coordinator from the Office of
Public Affairs
Table 8-2   Management Review Panel

Presenters:

RPM

Geographic Section Chief

Site Attorney


Review Panel:

Geographic Branch Chief

Superfund Remedial Lead Branch Chief

Waste Management Division Director

Deputy Division Director

Office of Regional Counsel Branch Chief
                                                  81

-------
17. The Site Characterization, Risk Assessment, and
ATSDR Health Assessment are released to the public in
cooperation with the Community Relations Coordinator.

18. Concurrently with Phase I of the Rl, the contractor
performs Phase I of the FS which involves developing
treatment alternatives.

19. The contractor or PRP develops  a draft  of the
proposed treatment alternatives. The draft is reviewed
by the RPM and appropriate team members. Team meet-
ings and briefings are held to ensure adequate identifica-
tion of ARARs and regulatory compliance.

20. The contractor or PRP conducts Phase II of the FS
during  which the proposed treatment alternatives are
screened to reduce the number of alternatives that will
undergo a detailed  analysis.

21. If necessary, the contractor or PRP conducts Phase
II of the Rl during which bench or pilot treatability tests
are performed.

22. The RPM  distributes a draft Detailed  Analysis of
Alternatives and the entire  FS to the review team for
comment.

23. The management review panel (see Table 8-2 for list
of panel  members) meets to discuss selection of the
preferred  remedy, data gaps, and compliance  with
SARA. The panel also reviews and  discusses the
proposed plan  that  will be released to the public.

24. A briefing is held on the  FS. Participants include the
RPM, the full review team, the Division and Office Direc-
tors, the  Site Attorney, the Deputy  Regional Ad-
ministrator, the Section  Chief, the Geographic Branch
Chief, the Branch Chief of the Office of Regional Coun-
sel, the contractor, State, and the Office of Public Affairs.

25. The review team returns their comments to the RPM.
The RPM compiles the comments and forwards them to
the contractor or PRP.

26. The contractor or  PRP  prepares the final FS. The
RPM ensures that the requested changes were made to
the FS.

27. The RPM meets with the Community Relations Coor-
dinator at  least 6 weeks before the expected release of
the RI/FS to plan community relations activities.

28. The RPM finalizes the proposed plan and submits it
to the State for comment on the preferred remedy and
identification of State ARARs.

29. The FS and proposed plan are released to the public.
8.3    Health Research Needs

8.3.1   Introduction

Health research information is used in several Superfund
program activities: initial site evaluation and emergency
removal actions in cases of immediate health threat,
long-term  remedial actions at the sites,  evaluation of
health risks of alternative cleanup technologies, verifica-
tion that a remediated site is clean and remains clean,
and evaluation of health risks of innovative technologies.


8.3.2   Major Research Categories

A. Hazard Identification

The Superfund program has relatively little need for new
hazard identification methods  since the Health Effects
Research  Laboratory  (HERL) has  already developed
methods that are generally sufficient for Superfund ac-
tivities. New tests for endpoints  not yet covered would
ensure that the most sensitive health impacts have been
identified. Efforts to appropriately validate all tests will also
increase confidence that human health is being protected.
Additionally,  EPA is  still developing  procedures for the
5-year site review. Tiered testing strategies could help the
program to determine whether sites have been sufficiently
cleaned up and whetherthey will remain ciean after 5 years.
Most current regulatory activity focuses on cleanup. Con-
sidering the large number of  sites  nationally at which
hazardous materials will have been secured or contained
on site, a  very important future issue is whether hazard
identification strategies and methods are adequate to en-
sure continued protection of the public.

B. Dose Response

Dose-response issues are a high research priority for
Superfund. Health research support is needed to:

•   Develop a scientific rationale for default positions for
    risk assessment assumptions.  Site risk  assess-
    ments incorporate a number of standard assump-
    tions  that  are described in various  EPA policy
    documents. These assumptions in many cases are
    default positions that are necessary for assuring
    public health protection when the scientific research
    information is weak. An example from the Superfund
    program is that 100 percent of metals ingested are
    treated as  absorbed. Scientific rationales  are
    needed to support these difficult positions.

•   Generate  information on interspecies absorption
    factors. Superfund-related risk assessments incor-
    porate many assumptions  relating to  absorption.
    Better information on how human absorption factors
    vary by media, type  of substance, and exposure
    route  and how these factors vary among animal
    species will help to improve the  quality  of these
    assessment documents, which drive regulatory ac-
    tivities of enormous impact.
                                                  82

-------
•   Investigate how toxicity from short-term exposure
    situations, such as removals or onsite incineration,
    may be estimated from lifetime data. The Superfund
    program encounters many situations involving short-
    term exposure scenarios. Many questions need to
    be answered regarding these exposures, e.g., Can
    there be chronic damage from short-term exposure?
    How do  risks from short-term exposure  to car-
    cinogens compare  with  risks from the same ex-
    posure received at tower levels over the course of a
    lifetime?  The data base concerning these issues is
    currently very sparse.

•   Investigate how toxicity by oral route may be ex-
    trapolated to  inhalation.  Most toxicology data  for
    animal species are for  oral  exposure. This
    presents problems for  Superfund  risk assess-
    ments, which typically  concern exposure
    scenarios involving inhalation and dermal absorp-
    tion.  Research  is  needed on  how  the phar-
    macokinetics of a substance may vary by route;
    whether this variation can be predicted; and, if so,
    for which types of compounds.

•   Develop information on btoavailability for different
    media. This will allow the program to more accurate-
    ly determine absorbed dose from specific media.
    Health risk estimates will then be more accurate and
    realistic.

C. Exposure Assessment

Exposure assessment is a high  priority for Superfund.
Estimation of exposures and control of exposures drive
cleanup activities. Health research is needed for:

•   Assessing exposure related to soil  ingestion  for
    different age groups. Very  few studies  have
    measured soil ingestion rates for children  of dif-
    ferent ages  and adults. Many  Superfund sites
    have contaminated soil. The ingestion exposure
    risk associated with this soil should be factored
    into risk-based determinations about the level of
    cleanup needed. However,  while soil concentra-
    tions  of  contaminants  can be  measured, the
    amount of soil consumed  cannot.  The environ-
    mental research information base needs  to  be
    strengthened in this area.

•   Improving and developing methods  (e.g.,
    biomarkers) for identifying exposed populations. In
    evaluating the impact of a  site,  biomarkers that
    measure exposure may help in defining the  extent
    of the population at risk and in identifying pathways
    of exposure. These biomarkers need to be reliable.
    If the pharmacokinetics of the compound are known,
    it might be possible to examine half-life and duration
    of exposure using reliable biomarkers. Collaboration
    with ATSDR in incorporating biomarkers into human
    health studies would be desirable.
•   Generating scientifically well-developed methods for
    incorporating background dose from multimedia ex-
    posure into risk assessments. An understanding of
    background dose is important in order to assess
    whether the exposure from the site and background
    may trigger lexicological effects that would not be
    expected based on the site exposure alone.

In addition, better information is needed on fate (e.g.,
reaction products and decay rates) and transport (e.g.,
rates under different environmental conditions and in
different media). While these issues are not health re-
search  issues per  se, they directly impact health risk
assessment by providing information on duration and
intensity of exposure.

D. Chemical-Specific Information

While chemical-specific data are very important to the
program, HERL research to generate this information is
a tow priority,  since ATSDR and NTP are currently iden-
tifying and filling chemical-specific data gaps. Regional
staff need basic health information, including reference
doses  (particularly for metals),  potency factors, and
structure-activity relationship information for the many
chemicals included in site risk assessments. In addition,
the scientific basis for chemical-specific information con-
tained in IRIS needs to be examined to determine chemi-
cal-specific research  needs,  since  IRIS  is a critical
information tool for regional staff.
8.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories

A. Biological Markers

Biological markers are of medium research priority for
the Superfund program. While biomarkers of exposure
are very useful to the program (as discussed above),
biomarkers of effect are not. There are many complex
issues and problems in  using effects biomarkers to
predict health risks. Most likely, long-term research and
development will be needed before such biomarkers can
be used, in part because their predictive value must be
clearly understood. Superfund remedial actions, how-
ever, need to proceed on expeditious regulatory enfor-
cement schedules that cannot wait for the  results of
long-term research. In this research area, HERL should
focus on a very limited number of biomarkers that could
provide useful information in a reasonably short time.

B. Pollutant Mixtures

This is a high research  priority  for Superfund since
most sites are contaminated with chemical mixtures.
Research is  needed to  evaluate the  additivity ap-
proach described in  the mixtures guidelines. Also of
concern is the current approach of looking at exposure
only from the site itself. As discussed above, whether
or not  to consider background exposures should be
investigated.
                                                 83

-------
C. Human Data

Epidemiologic data, which are a major force driving
cleanup, and expanded research involving small clinical
studies would both be useful. However, since ATSDR's
mandate includes developing  exposure and  disease
registries and performing epidemiological  studies
around hazardous waste sites,  research that generates
human data is a low priority lor HERL Because of the
complementary roles of EPA and ATSDR in relation to
Superfund activities, HERL could serve as a resource to
both agencies in developing methods (e.g., biomarkers
of exposure) which can be incorporated into both human
clinical studies as well as biological monitoring surveil-
lance systems.
8.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

One emerging research need for the Superfund program
is development of test methods for determining whether
sites are clean at various intervals after cleanup is com-
plete.  Many  Superfund sites will  have contaminants
secured at the site itself and will need to be monitored.

As the number of investigations of  human populations
around Superfund sites increase, growing collaborative
research  activities with ATSDR will be desirable in
developing health surveillance systems for monitoring
these populations.

More information is needed on metal toxicology, par-
ticularly how  exposure, pharmacokinetics, and dose to
target tissues varies with metal species.
Table 8-3   Important Health Research Needs and
           Their Relative Priorities for the
           Superfund Program
Research Needs
Relative Priorities
1. Hazard Identification             x

2. Dose Response                 xxx

3. Exposure Assessment            xxx

4. Chemical-Specific Information      x

5. Biological Markers               xx

6. Pollutant Mixtures               xxx

7. Human Data                    x
x - Low priority
xx ğ Medium priority
xxx- High priority
8.3.5   Summary

Table 8-3 summarizes health research priorities for the
Superfund program. The highest research priorities are
dose-response issues, exposure assessment, and pol-
lutant mixtures. Of medium priority is biological marker
research. The lowest priority research needs are hazard
identification, chemical-specific information, and human
data.
                                                   84

-------
                                         SECTION NINE

                                             SUMMARY
Seven EPA program areas were described in Sections
Two through Eight. This section summarizes these dis-
cussions. Section 9.1  reviews the regulatory program
descriptions, comparing and contrasting the health-re-
lated features of each program. Section 9.2 summarizes
the discussions of program organization.  Section 9.3
reviews the health research priorities of all the programs
in relation to the eight scientific categories.
9.1     EPA's Regulatory Programs

Each of the seven  program areas include regulatory
programs designed to protect human health.

•   Air Quality - Air Standards are usually based on
    human health endpoints. Federal emissions limits
    and State programs are designed to achieve those
    standards. Special emissions limits are established
    for pollutants that are hazardous to human health.
    Radiation standards and radon guidance are also
    designed to protect human health.

•   Drinking Water - National drinking water standards
    (MCLs) are  based  directly on human health
    endpoints. Health Advisories present human health
    recommendations for some pollutants not covered
    under MCLs.

•   Water Quality - EPA develops criteria (i.e., ambient
    pollutant limits) for surface waters based in part on
    human health endpoints. States use the criteria to
    set pollutant limits for their water bodies. In permit-
    ting, States or EPA may require testing of effluent for
    toxicity to  prevent  stream contamination. Regula-
    tions for sludge disposal are based on health risks.

•   Pesticides - The pesticide registration, reregistra-
    tion, and  Special  Review programs involve the
    evaluation of toxicity and other health-related infor-
    mation to assess the effects of pesticide products.

•   Toxic Substances - Health data collected on new
    and existing chemicals are used to determine
    whether to implement restrictions on the manufac-
    ture, use, and/or disposal of these chemicals.

•   Hazardous and Nonhazardous Waste - Toxicity
    characteristics are used to determine which wastes
    are regulated as hazardous. Regulations for facilities
    that accept waste and restrictions on land disposal
    of waste are designed to protect the health of popu la-
    ttons near disposal sites.

•   Superfund - Emergency response and cleanup ac-
    tions are designed to protect the health of near-site
    populations.

Table 9-1 summarizes the characteristics of the seven
program areas and of the health-related regulatory
programs within each program area. While all of the
programs are designed at least in part to protect public
health, the specifics of their authority to collect, monitor,
and track health-related data differ, as highlighted in
Table 9-1.

Authority to Request Toxlcologlcal  Data from
Industry - The authority to request health-related data
from industry varies greatly from  program to program.
The pesticide program routinely requires an extensive
battery  of lexicological test data before approving  a
registration. The TSCA program requires industry to
submit available lexicological data and evidence of ad-
verse effects  of chemical substances. Although the
TSCA program can also require extensive lexicological
testing, this authority is only used in select circumstan-
ces. The authority of the remaining programs to require
industry to supply  health-related  data is  more limited.
The water program may require effluent toxicity testing
in conjunction with permitting. The Superfund program
requires industry to conduct extensive health analyses
in remedial actions. For the hazardous and nonhazar-
dous waste, air,  and drinking water programs, the
statutory authority to  collect lexicological information
from industry (under RCRA, CAA, and CWA, respective-
ly) is negligible. These programs can, however, use the
information-gathering authority of other statutes,  al-
though this is rarely done.

Pollutant Coverage - Each of the regulatory programs
within  each major program area  has unique  require-
ments for  pollutant coverage. For example, NAAQS
cover  six classes of air pollutants, MCLs cover 83
specific drinking water contaminants, and water quality
criteria documents cover 126 toxic water pollutants. The
programs authorized under CERCLA/SARA, TSCA,
CAA, and FIFRA have an unlimited number of chemicals
over which they have authority. Virtually all statutes have
a process for adding or removing pollutants from the list
of regulated substances.
                                                  85

-------
Table 9-1 Regulatory Program Support

Principal
Authorizing Authority
Statute/Most to Request
Recent Health Data Regulatory
Program Area Amendments from Industry Program
Air Quality Clean Air No major data National Am-
Act/1977 from industry, bient Air Quality
Standards


National
Emission
Standards for
Hazardous Air
Pollutants



Radiation
Protection
Standards


Mobile Source
Emissions
Standards






Sludge Use
and Disposal
Regulations




Drinking Water Safe Drinking No major Maximum
Quality Water health data Contaminant
Act/1986 collection from Levels
industry



Health Ad-
visories
Regulatory Programs within Program Area


Pollutant
Coverage
Covers
concentration
of 'criteria'
pollutants in
ambient air.
EPA identifies
pollutants
based on
health and
production
volume or
emissions data.

Covers
radonuclides.



Covers primari-
ly hydrocar-
bons, carbon
monoxide, and
nitrogen
oxides in tail-
pipe and
evaporative
emissions.
Covers
pollutants
determined to
pose a poten-
tial risk.


Covers 83
specific
pollutants.
EPA must add
other
pollutants.

ODW selects
pollutants.

Protection
of Susceptible
Populations
Specifically
requires
consideration
of susceptible
populations.
Considers
susceptible
populations in
developing
NESHAPs.



Margin of
safety included
to protect
sensitive
populations.
High exposure
scenarios
expressly
included in
standard
setting.



Risk analysis
explicitly
addresses
most exposed
individuals.


Considers
susceptible
populations in
selecting
MCLQs and
Lifetime Health
Advisories.



Requirements)
for Pollutant
Testing or
Tracking
Requires states
to monitor their
compliance.


Monitoring re-
quirements vary
from rule to rule.





Margin of safety
included to
protect sensi-
tive populations.

EPA tests
vehicles.
States require
maintenance of
emissions con-
trol.



Requires
POTWs to test
for regulated
pollutants in
sludge to
comply with
standards.
Requires drink-
ing water sup-
pliers to monitor
their water
quality.


Not applicable.


Requirements
to Revisit
Standards
Statute requires
periodic review
and revision of
NAAQS.

Statutes
encourage
reviewing of
rules and
adding to
pollutant
coverages, but
does not require.














Requires
review every 2
years.











No statutory re-
quirements.
86

-------
Table 9-1 Regulatory Program Support (continued)
Regulatory Programs within Program Area
Principal
Authorizing Authority
Statute/Most to Request
Recent Health Data
Program Area Amendment from Industry
Water Quality Clean Water Provides
Act/1987 authority to
request
effluent char-
acteristics
data; authority
to require
toxicity testing
for NPDES
permitting.


















Pesticides Federal Insec- Provides ex-
ticide, Fun- tensive
gicide, and authority to re-
Rodenticide quire toxicity
Act/1988 and other en-
viron mental
data.

















Regulatory
Program
Water Quality
Criteria








Water Quality
Standards



National
Emissions
Limitations




NPDES
Permitting




Registration






Reregistration







Special Review








Pollutant
Coverage
Covers all
priority
pollutants.







Covers
pollutants
which could
affect a water
body's use.
Covers toxic,
conventional,
and non-
conventional
pollutants.


Covers all
pollutants
which could
affect a water
body's use.

Covers all pes-
ticides defined
by their func-
tion.



Covers
generally pes-
ticides with
active in-
gredients first
registered
prior to 11/84.

Covers all pes-
ticides cap-
tured by
registration or
reregistration
programs.


Protection
of Susceptible
Populations
Margins of
safety
incorporated to
protect sensi-
tive populations.





May protect
susceptible
populations
who use the
water body.
Not directly
applicable.





May protect
susceptible
populations
which use a
water body.








Uses sub-
mitted data to
assess risks to
susceptible
populations in
registration
and tolerance
decisions.







Requirements
for Pollutant
Testing or
Tracking
EPA conducts
tests to develop
criteria.







EPA or State
may conduct
tests to assess
a water body.

Not directly
applicable.





Permittees are
subject to self-
reporting and
Agency monitor-
ing and enforce-
ment.
Requires pes-
ticide com-
panies to
supply exten-
sive health and
environmental
data.
Requires pes-
ticide com-
panies to
supply exten-
sive health and
environmental
data.

Requires
review of health
and environ-
mental data.




Requirements
to Revisit
Standards









Requires States
to review stand-
ards every 3
years.

Requires EPA
to publish
schedule or
review and
revision of
guidelines
every 2 years.
Permits apply
for a maximum
of 5 years.










Requires
reregistration of
pesticides pre-
viously
registered
under less strin-
gent testing re-
quirements.






87  .

-------
Table 9-1 Regulatory Program Support (continued)
Regulatory Programs within Program Area

Program Area
Toxic
Substances














Hazardous
and Nonhazar-
dous Waste

















Superfund




Principal
Authorizing
Statute/Most
Recent
Amendment
Toxic Substan-
ces Control
Act/1976














Resource
Conservation
and Recovery
Act/1984
















Comprehen-
sive Environ-
mental
Response,
Compensa-
tion and
Liability Act
(CERCLA);
Superfund
Reauthoriza-
tion Act/1 986.
Authority
to Request Protection
Health Data Regulatory Pollutant of Susceptible
from Industry Program Coverage Populations
Can require in-
dustry to supp-
ly available
health-related
data and to
conduct
additional tests.










No major
health data
collection from
industry.
















For enforce-
ment-led
response, in-
dustry may con-
duct the health
assessment,
subject to EPA
review.


Premanufactur-
ing Notification




Existing
Chemical
Assessment





SARA Title 3


Land Disposal
Restrictions




Technical
Standards for
Hazardous
Waste Facilities




Technical
Standards for
Non hazardous
Waste Facilities


Removal
Response
Program
Remedial
Response
Program


Covers broadly
defined chemi-
cal substances
and mixtures.



Covers broadly
defined chemi-
cal substances
and mixtures.




Covers more
than 300
chemicals.
Covers several
lists of hazard-
ous wastes.



Covers all
facilities that
treat, store, or
dispose of
Subtitle C
waste.


Covers
facilities that
dispose of non-
hazardous
waste.

Refers to pol-
lutants listed
under other
statutes.




Can be con-
sidered in
reviewing
PMNor
requesting
additional data.

Industry must
supply data on
adverse effects.
EPA may re-
quire health
effects testing
for susceptible
populations.
Not directly
applicable.

Explicitly con-
siders suscep-
tible near-site
populations.


Not directly
applicable.






Not directly
applicable.




Explicitly con-
siders health
impacts on
susceptible
near-site
populations.



Requirements
for Pollutant
Testing or
Tracking
Requires
notification prior
to manufactur-
ing a chemical
or when chemi-
cal use changes.

Requires
notification of
any new data
on adverse
health effects.



Requires
release report-
ing annually.
Requires
wastes contain-
ing some hazard-
ous substances
to be treated
prior to disposal.
Requires track-
ing of wastes
from cradle to
grave; requires
disposal
facilities to
monitor ground
water.
Requires
disposal
facilities to
monitor
pollutants in
ground water.
Wastes
removed be-
come subject to
RCRA manifest
and permitting
system; sites
must be
monitored for
10 years after
cleanup.

Requirements
to Revisit
Standards
Not directly
applicable.




Designates
certain chemi-
cals each year
for considera-
tion within 1
year deadline.


Not directly
applicable.

No periodic
revisions
required by
statute.


No periodic
revisions
required by
statute.




No periodic
revisions
required by
statute.


Requires EPA
to review sites
every 5 years if
any wastes are
left on site.




88

-------
Protection of Susceptible Populations. Most of the
regulatory programs explicitly address the health im-
pacts to the most susceptible populations. For example,
NAAQS are designed to protect those with respiratory
impairment,  Superfund cleanup  requirements  are
designed to protect near-site populations, and sludge
rules are designed to protect pica children who may be
exposed to pollutants through  ingestion.  Frequently,
however, there is little health information available on
sensitive subpopulations.

Requirements for Pollutant Tracking or Testing. Most
regulatory programs require the testing or tracking of
pollutants  once they  are "listed" for inclusion in the
program. Firms must monitor and report their permitted
air and water emissions. Drinking water suppliers must
test for regulated contaminants. The RCRA program
includes cradle-to-grave tracking of hazardous waste;
wastes removed from Superfund sites become part of
the RCRA system. Under the SARA Title III, companies
must report releases into any media of any of more than
300 hazardous substances. Under TSCA, firms must
report any adverse effects or reactions to chemical sub-
stances.

Requirements to Revise  Standards.  Many of  the
statutes include requirements to revisit standards peri-
odically. For example,  States  must review their  water
quality standards every 3 years. Statutes that do not
require  standards to be revisited generally expressly
allow and encourage this practice. Thus, the regulatory
process under most  statutes has been designed to
evolve as better  information becomes  available.  For
standards revisrtation to be  fruitful, however, continued
improvement in both the quality and quantity of health
data is essential.

Authority to Conduct Health Research. The authority
of EPA to conduct health research for each program area
is summarized in Table 9-2. Significantly, all of the  major
statutes expressly include health research authority.
9.2     Program Organization

The organization and management of approximately 20
regulatory programs that use health research informa-
tion were described in Sections Two through Eight. Table
9-3 presents summary information concerning the lead
offices, divisions, and branches for each of the programs.
The discussions within Sections Two through Eight pro-
vide a detailed description of each  program's mode of
operation.

Most  programs involve a  lead office or division with
cooperative  assistance  from  other divisions and
branches within the office and from ORD.  Some
programs (e.g., pesticides) employ a matrix manage-
ment  approach where one division has lead respon-
sibility for a decision (e.g., pesticide registration) and
other  divisions provide discrete components  of  the
analysis (e.g., the Health Effects Division evaluates the
human health effects of the substance). Many of the
programs obtain hazard and risk assessment support
from ECAO or other parts of ORD.

Within the program offices, the lead responsibility for
health-related programs tends to be concentrated in a
particular division or branch. For example, the Criteria
and Standards  Division, within the Office of Water
Regulations  and Standards, develops water quality
criteria documents and sludge regulations, both of which
are based in part on human health risks. The discussions
of health research issues presented in Sections Two
through Eight and summarized in Section 9.3 below were
based, in part, on discussions with officials in the pro-
gram offices with lead health-related responsibilities.
9.3     Health Research Needs

9.3.1   Introduction

EPA's seven major regulatory programs  all have
regulatory requirements based on health research infor-
mation. The health research information base is consid-
erable in some areas, and weak to nonexistent in others.
Review and discussion of each program's mandate and
scientific requirements  identified four  major  research
categories  - hazard identification, dose response, ex-
posure assessment, and chemical-specific information,
and three cross-cutting categories - biological markers,
pollutant mixtures, and human data. Research needs for
each of these topics are summarized below.
9.3.2   Major Research Categories

Hazard Identification

All programs that regulate chemicals rely on standard
lexicological tests to provide scientific support for their
decisions. Understanding the health risks for different
toxicologic endpoints depends on  such tests,  since
human  data  are  not usually available, or cannot be
generated in the time frames dictated by the regulations.
Development of new test methods was a high priority for
three programs:  the air program (hazardous pollutants
and mobile sources), the toxics program, and the water
program. In general, programs that must regulate large
numbers of chemicals  would like to ensure that the
lexicological protocols cover all lexicological endpoints
and are validated. There is concern that human risk for
certain toxic endpoints, e.g., developmental neurotoxicity,
immunotoxicily,  reproductive toxicity, endocrine system
loxicily, and  cardiovascular loxicily, cannot be fully
evaluated because methods are not available, are not
specific or sensitive enough, or are not sufficiently
validated for predicting  human effects.  Serious  con-
sideralion should be given to developing techniques that
would enable large numbers of chemicals to be screened
for potential  hazard. The  utility of struclure-aclivity
relalionship (SAR) melhods for assessing  chemical
toxicity should also be further investigated. Also in need
of developmenl are shortened protocols and dosing pat-
                                                  89

-------
       Table 9-2       Major Environmental Legislation Administered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                      Specific Authorization for EPA to Conduct Health Research
       Enabling
       Legislation
Authorizing
Section
Language Authorizing EPA to Condi
ilth Research
       Resource Conservation
       and Recovery Act
       (RCRA)

       Comprehensive Environ-
       mental Response,
       Compensation and
       Liability Act
       (CERCLAor
       Superfund)

       Supertund Amendments
       Reauthorization Act
       Clean Air Act (CAA)
       Safe Drinking Water
       Act (SDWA)
       Clean Water Act (CWA)
       Toxic Substances
       Control Act (TSCA)
       Federal Insecticide,
       Fungicide, and
       Rodenticide ACT (FIFRA)
Subtitle H           The Administrator shall conduct-research, investigations, experiments..
Sec. 8001 (A)       and studies relating to an adverse health and welfare effects of the
                   release into the environment of material present in solid waste."

Sec. 311 (c)          "The Administrator may conduct and support-research with respect to
                   the detection, assessment, and the evaluation of the effects and risk to
                   human health of hazardous substances...*
Sec. 209           The purposes of this section are to establish a comprehensive and
                   coordinated Federal (SARA) program of research...to improve the
                   scientific capability to assess, detect, and evaluate the effects on and
                   risks to human health from hazardous substances."

Title I.              The Administrator is given broad authority to conduct research
Part A,             relating to the tauses, effects, extent, prevention, and control of air pollution."
103                Special emphasis should be given to research on the short- and long-
                   term effects of air pollutants on public hearth and research to "improve our
                   knowledge of the contribution of air pollutants to the occurrence of
                   adverse effects on health, including, but not limited to, behavioral.
                   physiological, toxicological, and biochemical effects."

Part B, Sec. 153     The Administrator is given authority to conduct studies on "biomedical,
                   or other research and monrtoring...to ascertain any direct or indirect
                   effects upon the public health and welfare of changes in the stratosphere,
                   especially ozone..."

Part E.             The Administrator may conduct research...of physical and mental
Sec. 1442          diseases and other impairments of man resulting directly or indirectly
                   from contaminants in water, or to...improve methods to identify and
                   measure the health effects of contaminants in drinking water."

Part 1254,          "...the Administrator shall conduct research on the harmful effects on the
Sec. 104           health and welfare of persons caused by pollutants in water..."

Sec. 10             The Administrator is given authority to undertake research "directed
                   toward the development of rapid, reliable, and economical screening
                   techniques for carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic, and ecological
                   effects of chemical substances and mixtures."

Sec. 20             The Administrator shall undertake research...to carry out the purposes
                   of this Act..."
terns that more closely reflect levels and patterns of real
life. In addition, test batteries are needed for evaluating
the toxicity of genetically engineered microbes  for
human populations and for evaluating viable partrculates
in indoor environments.

Dose Response

Dose response is the single most important issue for
health research in all programs. Each program struggles
with the problem of trying to predict toxicity for conditions
different from those  studied, e.g., different  routes of
exposure, different exposure scenarios, populations, or
species, with limited scientific data.
                              The programs also need information that will allow them
                              to decide with confidence the target organ toxicity for a
                              given ambient exposure. To do this properly,  the
                              programs need health research information for route-
                              specific absorption, distribution, and target organ effects.
                              Mechanistic studies to improve understanding of basic
                              biological mechanisms should be performed for pol-
                              lutants to which there is widespread exposure and which
                              must be regulated by several programs.

                              The programs mentioned the following specific research
                              areas: metal toxicology, especially involving extrapola-
                              tion issues; extrapolation from the  oral to the inhalation
                              route  and from animals to humans when  routes differ;
                              extrapolation  from one  dosing  pattern  to another;
                                                         90

-------
Table 9-3
Lead Offices in EPA Regulatory Programs
Program Area/Lead Office
                                                   Regulatory Program/Lead Office/Division Branch
Air Quality/Office of Air and
Radiation
                      NAAQS
                                      NESHAPS, NSPS
                                      Radiation Standards


                                      Ozone Protection
                                      Regulations


                                      Motor Vehicle/
                                      Engine Standards
Ambient Standards Branch within the
Office of  Air Quality Planning and Standards

Emission Standards Division within
the Office of Air Quality Planning
and Standards

Criteria and Standards Division
within the Office of Radiation Programs

Global Change Division within the
Office of Atmospheric and Indoor
Air Programs

Emission Control Technology
Division, Standards
Development and Support Branch
within the Office of Mobile Sources
Drinking Water/Office of Drinking
Water within the Office of Water
                      NCLGs
                                      Health Advisories
                                      MCLs
Health Effects Branch within
Criteria and Standards Division

Health Effects Branch within
Criteria and Standards Division

Drinking Water Regulations Branch
within the Criteria and Standards Division
Water Quality /Office of Water
                      Water Quality Criteria

                      Sludge Disposal Criteria

                      NPDES Permitting
Office of Water Regulations and Standards

Office of Water Regulations and Standards

Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
 Pesticides/Office of Pesticide
 Programs within the Office
 of Pesticides and Toxic
 Substances
                      New Product Registration

                      Reregistration

                      Special Review

                      Development of Test Methods
                      for Human Health Endpoints
Registration Division

Reregistration and Special Review Division

Reregistration and Special Review Division

Health Effects Division
Toxic Substances/Office of Toxic
Substances within Office of
Pesticides and Toxic Substances
                      Premanufacturing Notification

                      Existing Chemical Assessment
Chemical Control Division

Existing Chemical Assessment Division
 Hazardous and Nonhazardous Waste/
 Office of Solid Waste within
 Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
 Response
                      Subtitle C Facility Standards


                      Subtitle D Criteria

                      Municipal Waste Tracking
Land Disposal Branch within the
Waste Management Division

Municipal Solid Waste Task Force

Waste Characterization Branch
within the Characterization and
Assessment Division
 Superfund/Office of Emergency
 and Remedial Response within
 Office of Solid Waste and
 Emergency Response
                      Preremedial Actions Including    Lead Agency: Eigher EPA Regional
                      Site Ranking Using the Hazard   Office or State Agency
                      Ranking System
                                      Remedial Investigation/
                                      Feasibility Study
                                                    Lead Agency: Either EPA Regional
                                                    Office or State Agency
                                                      91

-------
mechanistic studies that will improve  validation  of
specific short-term test methods; extrapolation of effects
from lifetime exposure to those of critical developmental
periods; better information  on injury and  repair
mechanisms; methods for determining tissue sensitivity;
the shape of the dose-response curve for noncancer
endpoints; information on comparative metabolism and
population variability to improve extrapolation assump-
tions; and the sensitivity of one toxicologic endpoint with
respect to others.

Exposure Assessment

Most programs ranked exposure assessment as a high-to-
medium priority.  The  Superfund and hazardous waste
programs in particular would like to base  much of their
regulatory rationale on exposure criteria. This topic is also
a high priority for the air program, since many air pollutants
have a ubiquitous exposure. The air program would benefit
from better characterization of exposure patterns, both
timing and duration, and from identification and toxicity of
reaction by-products of common toxic air pollutants, par-
ticularly those present in aged atmospheres.

Specific research subjects important to other programs
include better exposure characterization for infants and
children; dermal absorption for metals;  soil ingestion
estimates;  better estimation of background exposure
levels; bioavailability; and establishment of biomonitor-
ing surveillance  systems for  the  types  of exposures
encountered by the EPA regulatory programs. The latter
would  be similar to the National Health  and Nutrition
Evaluation Survey (NHANES) but would be designed to
track different compounds. The specimen banking pro-
gram, which monitors ambient media and human and
animal tissue for toxic compounds (e.g., lead and other
metals and selected pesticides), provides a critical data
base for tracking trends in the pollutant exposure burden.
This program could be expanded and used for studying
specific types of  exposure scenarios, e.g., pesticides in
farming communities, metals in communities impacted
by  municipal and hazardous  waste incinerators, and
others; it could also  be used to  estimate the relative
contribution of the exposure dose to background levels.

Chemical-Specific Information

Health research needs for chemical-specific informa-
tion vary by program depending on the authority of the
program to require industry to test. Three programs
viewed this type of research as a high  priority. Even
programs that  ranked this area as a  low research
priority still had critical information needs for certain
chemicals.  In  addition,  the  pesticide program
evaluates a lot of test data generated by industry, and
would like  HERL to check the quality of these results
for some of the chemicals.

Chemicals selected for testing should have a good prob-
ability  of yielding results  that can be broadly applied.
Technical assistance  is needed from HERL to fill gaps in
the IRIS data base, especially on dermal toxicity, and to
develop inhalation RfDs.
9.3.3   Cross-Cutting Categories

Biological Markers

While no program ranked biological markers as a high
priority, several  programs indicated  that biomarkers,
once developed, could prove valuable tools for risk as-
sessment. Biomarkers of exposure have more practical
value for programs than do biomarkers of effect, since
many of the latter are not specific. Exposure biomarkers
can help programs identify exposed populations and the
dose they have received. Research efforts should focus
on  developing  a limited number  of  well-defined
biomarkers of exposure, e.g.,  protein in  urine (as  an
indicator of exposure to environmental tobacco smoke)
or DNA adducts (as an indicator of carcinogen ex-
posure).

The challenge of using biomarkers of effect is determin-
ing their predictive value.  Research on effects
biomarkers should focus on the development of sentinel
indicators of  toxicity. These would be useful both in
monitoring human populations  for physiological altera-
tions prior to the onset of actual biological damage and
possibly for shortening standard test protocols in the
event that biomarkers of effect are predictive of per-
manent toxicity endpoints.  Specific endpoints for which
biomarkers of effect might be useful are neurophysiologi-
cal changes predictive of neurotoxic endpoints, develop-
mental neurotoxicity, immune system effects, pulmonary
toxicity, reproductive toxicity, and carcinogens.

Pollutant Mixtures

This topic was a high priority research area for four of the
programs. Programs confront a variety of mixtures, e.g.,
urban atmospheres, whole-vehicle exhaust, indoor air,
hazardous waste, drinking water disinfectants, effluents
to ambient water, active and inert ingredients in pesticide
products. The challenge in developing  research plans for
chemical mixtures  is that  mixtures occur in many dif-
ferent combinations and relative proportions. They also
age differently once  released into the environment.
Types of mixtures  encountered may  be simple binary
mixtures; complex mixtures representing a  class ot
chemicals, e.g., polychlorinated biphenyls  (PCBs),
polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs); or those containing
many different classes of  chemicals, e.g.,  hazardous
waste.

Much of the research needed to address pollutant mix-
tures problems  is  being conducted  as part  of other
research programs. For example, hazard identification
research programs are developing short-term tests for
field applications and new  test methods to identify and
characterize all important toxic endpoints, and are im-
proving SAR techniques; these are all  pollutant mixtures
research needs.
                                                  92

-------
Research should be  undertaken to provide  a firmer
scientific basis for assessing risk posed by exposure to
pollutant mixtures. Procedures for predicting interactions
between chemicals should be improved. In addition, the
validity of the additivity assumptions should be explored
with respect to dosing patterns for multiple toxicants in
cases where some exceed their Rf Ds and others do not.

A pollutant mixtures research program should  also be
linked to a chemical-specific data program, since under
some circumstances it will be feasible and desirable to
evaluate specific mixtures or classes  of mixtures.
Specific mixtures for which research support is needed
are disinfection by-products from ozonation, chloramina-
tion and chlorination, PCBs, aged atmospheres to deter-
mine  cancer  and  noncancer  endpoints, and
whole-vehicle exhaust. Also needed is research on the
effects of simultaneous exposure to chemicals and radia-
tion, and multichemical source category assessments for
NESHAPS. A stronger research base is needed to sup-
port bioassay-directed fractionation  utilizing tiered ap-
proaches. This type of research focuses a lot of activity
and generates much information on a somewhat narrow
range of compounds.  There is some question whether
other important groups may be deemphasized as a result
of this focus.  If this type of focused approach is used to
evaluate health risks, a better understanding is needed
of the correlation between observed toxic effects and
other endpoints not actually tested.

Human Data

Two programs see the need for human data as a high
research priority. Human health research information,
when available, provides strong scientific support to
regulatory decisions and key validation of toxicologic
tests. Although most programs view human health data
as very important, primary reliance on animal toxicotogi-
cal data will continue, because it is often not practical to
wait for human data  before issuing regulations.

The pesticide program is concerned about the effects of
exposure, what populations are susceptible, and how
this type of information should be factored into regulatory
decision-making. This program would like to ensure that
the  registration process is adequately protective against
developmental and immunological effects.

The air program must  consider effects  on  high-risk
groups as part of the development of the National Am-
bient  Air Quality Standards.  For this reason, quality
human data for answering specific research questions,
e.g., thresholds  for lung disease from chronic exposure
to ozone, is not only a top priority,  it is critical to this
program. The indoor air group is concerned about hyper-
sensitivity reactions among those exposed to indoor air
pollutants inside buildings.

A specific concern of the drinking water program was
heightened  risk  for persons with glucose-6-phosphate-
dehydrogenase  (G6PD) deficiency from the disinfection
by-products of ozonation. This concern highlights the
fact that in  general, the biological basis for toxicities
needs to be examined.

Health research should generally aim for small-scale
clinical  and field studies, e.g.,  studies utilizing
biomarkers  of  exposure for Superfund sites, blood
chemistries  in persons exposed to drinking water disin-
fectants, and clinical reactions to  methanol and  al-
dehydes from auto exhaust.
9.3.4   Emerging Research Needs

Emerging health research needs for the 1990s center
primarily on the  health  effects of various  exposure
scenarios, exposure extrapolation, and development of
test methods for certain types of endpoints. There is a
great immediate need for the development of methods
for endpoints that are not currently covered sufficiently,
e.g., neurotoxicity, reproduction, developmental toxicity,
and others. Related needs are shorter term test methods
and validation. Extrapolation  and exposure-related
health issues emerged as the  next  highest priority re-
search needs. This research should focus on improving
pur understanding of metabolism and dose (particularly
in extrapolating from one route of exposure to another),
and on biomarkers of dose and  effect that can be used
in both human and animal studies.

Human studies  for effects of chemicals on children will
continue as an important need, particularly for toxicologic
endpoints that are not now well understood and for which
adequate test methods may not  yet be available. Better
understanding of the sensitivity of individuals in a popula-
tion, including hypersensitivity reactions, and sensitivity
of various tissues will also be needed. There will be a
continuing need for improvements to health surveillance
systems for toxic exposure to monitor long-term trends
and design human studies  of  effect. These systems
should incorporate new methods, e.g., biomarkers, as
they become available.

It  is difficult to predict which  specific  chemicals will
emerge as problems. For this  reason,  each program
should continue to identify information needs for specific
chemicals on an ongoing basis. The air program will
need expanded health research information on acid
aerosols and methanol  (including its aldehyde by-
products) if there  is a new regulatory  emphasis  on
methanol as a component of alternative fuels. Stratos-
pheric ozone depletion is an emerging environmental
issue that may require important research on health
effects, such as immunological  impacts (which may in-
crease risks from infectious diseases and cancer), and
visual impacts, including the risk of cataract formation in
sensitive individuals.  The water programs need health
research on the potential  cardiovascular toxicity of the
chemical by-products of water treatment methods. Pol-
lutant mixtures  are currently of  high concern and will
most  likely remain so, particularly  for programs con-
cerned with sources emitting variable, complex mixtures,
e.g., hazardous waste and municipal incinerator emis-
                                                  93

-------
sions, industrial effluents to water and air, auto exhaust,
and indoor air pollution.
9.3.5  Summary

Table 9-4 summarizes the health research priorities of
all seven major regulatory programs.  Dose-response
issues were the only research area identified as a high
priority by every regulatory program; every program-
matic application  of toxicology or human health data
requires some dose-response extrapolation from the
conditions under which the information was generated.
Another high priority area for most programs is pollutant
mixtures research, which was particularly important be-
cause most environmental exposures are to mixtures
rather than single  chemicals. A better research base is
needed for the different types  of mixtures, e.g., binary,
complex by class, complex by multiple classes. Also,
the scientific base for the assumptions in the chemical
mixtures guidelines should be strengthened.

Better methods  are  needed to assess important
toxicologic  endpoints, especially those using testing
strategies  that rely on multi-tiered,  bioassay-directed
fractionation approaches.

Human health data, including information on the nature
of heightened  susceptibility, is an important research
area in general because such data provide convincing
scientific support and validation for health risk  assess-
ment. HERL should support health research activities by
developing tools,  such as methods, biomarkers, etc.,
that can be incorporated into short-term clinical studies.
Research on susceptible  human populations is impor-
tant  for the ambient air, pesticides,  and  indoor air
programs, which must consider toxic impacts on high-
risk groups, e.g., children, fetuses, the very old, and
those with preexisting diseases or genetic suscep-
tibilities.  Research in this area should focus on the
mechanisms of action and  dose-response relation-
ships.

Generating chemical-specific information  is a  high
priority research need, particularly for programs without
the authority to ask industry to generate this information.
New test methods and extrapolation information as well
as the redesign of existing protocols or whole-animal
studies will be needed to help fill important data gaps in
the coming years.

Hazard identification and  exposure assessment issues
were ranked as medium-to-high priority research needs
by most programs. These research areas are also im-
portant emerging needs for the 1990s. Presently, many
programs must regulate large numbers of chemicals to
meet Congressional mandates; regulation cannot wait
for the development of new test methods or refinement
of exposure estimates. Current bioassay  methods for
many toxicologic endpoints, however, are not sufficiently
developed or validated. Research is needed to develop
and  validate  new methods,  and to improve  under-
Table 9-4 Research Needs for EPA Regulatory Programs
Regulatory Programs
Research Needs
1 . Hazard Identification
2. Dose Response
3. Exposure Assessment
4. Chemical-Specific
Information
5. Biological Markers
6. Pollutant Mixtures
7. Human Data
Drinking Water
Air Water Quality Pest Tox HW SF
XX X XXX XXX XXX XX X
XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX
XXX X XX XX XX XXX XXX
XXX XXX XXX XXX X
X X X X XX XX XX
XX XXX XXX XX X XXX XXX
XXX XXX XX XX X X X
x = Low priority
xx = Medium priority
xxx * High priority
                                                  94

-------
standing of different types of dose-response relation-
ships and mechanisms.

A research topic of somewhat lower priority is biological
markers, although  specific programs  identified high
priority needs. For example, research on a limited num-
ber of key exposure biomarkers was identified as a high
priority need. The development of biomarkers of effect is
seen as a long-term research goal because they must
be validated before they can be used in measuring health
effects. Long-term research on biomarkers that show
promise as early sentinels of serious lexicological effects
would also be worthwhile.
  ft U.S. GOVERNMENT PWNTINC OFFICE: 199 o-7ğ Ğ• 15ğ2
-------